Allow drivers which offload GRED to report back statistics. Since
A lot of GRED stats is fairly ad hoc in nature pass to drivers the
standard struct gnet_stats_basic/gnet_stats_queue pairs, and
untangle the values in the core.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic offload for the GRED Qdisc. Inform the drivers any
time Qdisc or virtual queue configuration changes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users to set and dump RED flags (ECN enabled and harddrop)
on per-virtual queue basis. Validation of attributes is split
from changes to make sure we won't have to undo previous operations
when we find out configuration is invalid.
The objective is to allow changing per-Qdisc parameters without
overwriting the per-vq configured flags.
Old user space will not pass the TCA_GRED_VQ_FLAGS attribute and
per-Qdisc flags will always get propagated to the virtual queues.
New user space which wants to make use of per-vq flags should set
per-Qdisc flags to 0 and then configure per-vq flags as it
sees fit. Once per-vq flags are set per-Qdisc flags can't be
changed to non-zero. Vice versa - if the per-Qdisc flags are
non-zero the TCA_GRED_VQ_FLAGS attribute has to either be omitted
or set to the same value as per-Qdisc flags.
Update per-Qdisc parameters:
per-Qdisc | per-VQ | result
0 | 0 | all vq flags updated
0 | non-0 | error (vq flags in use)
non-0 | 0 | -- impossible --
non-0 | non-0 | all vq flags updated
Update per-VQ state (flags parameter not specified):
no change to flags
Update per-VQ state (flags parameter set):
per-Qdisc | per-VQ | result
0 | any | per-vq flags updated
non-0 | 0 | -- impossible --
non-0 | non-0 | error (per-Qdisc flags in use)
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now ECN marking and HARD drop (the common RED flags) can only
be configured for the entire Qdisc. In preparation for per-vq flags
store the values in the virtual queue structure. Setting per-vq
flags will only be allowed when no flags are set for the entire Qdisc.
For the new flags we will also make sure undefined bits are 0.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently all GRED's virtual queue data is dumped in a single
array in a single attribute. This makes it pretty much impossible
to add new fields. In order to expose more detailed stats add a
new set of attributes. We can now expose the 64 bit value of bytesin
and all the mark stats which were not part of the original design.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
32 bit counters for bytes are not really going to last long in modern
world. Make sch_gred count bytes on a 64 bit counter. It will still
get truncated during dump but follow up patch will add set of new
stat dump attributes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack messages to -EINVAL errors, to help users identify
their mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case netlink wants to provide parsing error pass extack
to nla_parse_nested().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We will soon want to add more code to the non-error path, separate
it from the error handling flow.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently on dequeue() ETF only drops the first expired packet, which
causes a problem if the next packet is already expired. When this
happens, the watchdog will be configured with a time in the past, fire
straight way and the packet will finally be dropped once the dequeue()
function of the qdisc is called again.
We can save quite a few cycles and improve the overall behavior of the
qdisc if we drop all expired packets if the next packet is expired.
This should allow ETF to recover faster from bad situations. But
packet drops are still a very serious warning that the requirements
imposed on the system aren't reasonable.
This was inspired by how the implementation of hrtimers use the
rb_tree inside the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.s.palencia@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a refactor that will simplify the implementation of the
next patch in this series which will drop all expired packets on the
dequeue flow.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.s.palencia@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ETF's peek() operation is heavily used so use an rb_root_cached instead
and leverage rb_first_cached() which will run in O(1) instead of
O(log n).
Even if on 'timesortedlist_clear()' we could be using rb_erase(), we
choose to use rb_erase_cached(), because if in the future we allow
runtime changes to ETF parameters, and need to do a '_clear()', this
might cause some hard to debug issues.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.s.palencia@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in firing the qdisc watchdog if there are no future
skbs pending in the queue and the watchdog had been set previously.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.s.palencia@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_check_alloc() can return a negative value, on allocation failures
(-ENOMEM) or IDR exhaustion (-ENOSPC): don't leak keys_ex in these cases.
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When EDT conversion happened, fq lost the ability to enfore a maxrate
for all flows. It kept it for non EDT flows.
This commit restores the functionality.
Tested:
tc qd replace dev eth0 root fq maxrate 500Mbit
netperf -P0 -H host -- -O THROUGHPUT
489.75
Fixes: ab408b6dc7 ("tcp: switch tcp and sch_fq to new earliest departure time model")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added support in tc flower for filtering based on port ranges.
Example:
1. Match on a port range:
-------------------------
$ tc filter add dev enp4s0 protocol ip parent ffff:\
prio 1 flower ip_proto tcp dst_port range 20-30 skip_hw\
action drop
$ tc -s filter show dev enp4s0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x1
eth_type ipv4
ip_proto tcp
dst_port range 20-30
skip_hw
not_in_hw
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 85 sec used 3 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 460 bytes 10 pkt (dropped 10, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
2. Match on IP address and port range:
--------------------------------------
$ tc filter add dev enp4s0 protocol ip parent ffff:\
prio 1 flower dst_ip 192.168.1.1 ip_proto tcp dst_port range 100-200\
skip_hw action drop
$ tc -s filter show dev enp4s0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 1 flower chain 0 handle 0x2
eth_type ipv4
ip_proto tcp
dst_ip 192.168.1.1
dst_port range 100-200
skip_hw
not_in_hw
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 2 ref 1 bind 1 installed 58 sec used 2 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 920 bytes 20 pkt (dropped 20, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
v4:
1. Added condition before setting port key.
2. Organized setting and dumping port range keys into functions
and added validation of input range.
v3:
1. Moved new fields in UAPI enum to the end of enum.
2. Removed couple of empty lines.
v2:
Addressed Jiri's comments:
1. Added separate functions for dst and src comparisons.
2. Removed endpoint enum.
3. Added new bit TCA_FLOWER_FLAGS_RANGE to decide normal/range
lookup.
4. Cleaned up fl_lookup function.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RED qdisc's limit parameter changes the behaviour of the qdisc,
for instance if it's set to 0 qdisc will drop all the packets.
When replace operation happens and parameter is set to non-0
a new fifo qdisc will be instantiated and replace the old child
qdisc which will be destroyed.
Drivers need to know the parameter, even if they don't impose
the actual limit to be able to reliably reconstruct the Qdisc
hierarchy.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers offloading Qdiscs should have reasonable certainty
the offloaded behaviour matches the SW path. This is impossible
if the driver does not know about all Qdiscs or when Qdiscs move
and are reused. Send a graft notification from MQ.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers offloading Qdiscs should have reasonable certainty
the offloaded behaviour matches the SW path. This is impossible
if the driver does not know about all Qdiscs or when Qdiscs move
and are reused. Send a graft notification from RED. The drivers
are expected to simply stop offloading the Qdisc, if a non-standard
child is ever grafted onto it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers are currently not notified when a Qdisc is grafted as root.
This requires special casing Qdiscs added with parent = TC_H_ROOT in
the driver. Also there is no notification sent to the driver when
an existing Qdisc is grafted as root.
Add this very simple notifications, drivers should now be able to
track their Qdisc tree fully.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to 80ba92fa1a ("codel: add ce_threshold attribute")
After EDT adoption, it became easier to implement DCTCP-like CE marking.
In many cases, queues are not building in the network fabric but on
the hosts themselves.
If packets leaving fq missed their Earliest Departure Time by XXX usec,
we mark them with ECN CE. This gives a feedback (after one RTT) to
the sender to slow down and find better operating mode.
Example :
tc qd replace dev eth0 root fq ce_threshold 2.5ms
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If sch_fq is used at ingress, skbs that might have been
timestamped by net_timestamp_set() if a packet capture
is requesting timestamps could be delayed by arbitrary
amount of time, since sch_fq time base is MONOTONIC.
Fix this problem by moving code from sch_netem.c to act_mirred.c.
Fixes: fb420d5d91 ("tcp/fq: move back to CLOCK_MONOTONIC")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently drivers can register to receive TC block bind/unbind callbacks
by implementing the setup_tc ndo in any of their given netdevs. However,
drivers may also be interested in binds to higher level devices (e.g.
tunnel drivers) to potentially offload filters applied to them.
Introduce indirect block devs which allows drivers to register callbacks
for block binds on other devices. The callback is triggered when the
device is bound to a block, allowing the driver to register for rules
applied to that block using already available functions.
Freeing an indirect block callback will trigger an unbind event (if
necessary) to direct the driver to remove any offloaded rules and unreg
any block rule callbacks. It is the responsibility of the implementing
driver to clean any registered indirect block callbacks before exiting,
if the block it still active at such a time.
Allow registering an indirect block dev callback for a device that is
already bound to a block. In this case (if it is an ingress block),
register and also trigger the callback meaning that any already installed
rules can be replayed to the calling driver.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS and TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MASK can only
currently contain further nested attributes, which are parsed by
hand, so the policy is never actually used resulting in a W=1
build warning:
net/sched/cls_flower.c:492:1: warning: ‘enc_opts_policy’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
enc_opts_policy[TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ENC_OPTS_MAX + 1] = {
Add the validation anyway to avoid potential bugs when other
attributes are added and to make the attribute structure slightly
more clear. Validation will also set extact to point to bad
attribute on error.
Fixes: 0a6e77784f ("net/sched: allow flower to match tunnel options")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To mirror software behaviour on offload more precisely inform
the drivers about the state of the harddrop flag.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes assumptions about VLAN_TAG_PRESENT bit.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move destroying of the old child qdiscs outside of the sch_tree_lock()
section. This should improve the software qdisc replace but is even
more important for offloads. Calling offloads under a spin lock is
best avoided, and child's destroy would be called under sch_tree_lock().
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move destroying of the old child qdisc outside of the sch_tree_lock()
section. This should improve the software qdisc replace but is even
more important for offloads. Firstly calling offloads under a spin
lock is best avoided. Secondly the destroy event of existing child
would have been sent to the offload device before the replace, causing
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code for grafting Qdiscs when there is a parent has two needless
indentation levels, and breaks the "keep the success path unindented"
guideline. Refactor.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc graft operation of offload-capable qdiscs performs a few
extra steps which are identical among all the qdiscs. Add
a helper to share this code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PRIO and RED mark the qdisc with TCQ_F_OFFLOADED upon successful offload,
make MQ do the same. The consistency will help with consistent
graft callback behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload dump helper does not use opt parameter, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdisc dump operation of offload-capable qdiscs performs a few
extra steps which are identical among all the qdiscs. Add
a helper to share this code.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gred_change_table_def() takes a pointer to TCA_GRED_DPS attribute,
and expects it will be able to interpret its contents as
struct tc_gred_sopt. Pass the correct gred attribute, instead of
TCA_OPTIONS.
This bug meant the table definition could never be changed after
Qdisc was initialized (unless whatever TCA_OPTIONS contained both
passed netlink validation and was a valid struct tc_gred_sopt...).
Old behaviour:
$ ip link add type dummy
$ tc qdisc replace dev dummy0 parent root handle 7: \
gred setup vqs 4 default 0
$ tc qdisc replace dev dummy0 parent root handle 7: \
gred setup vqs 4 default 0
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
Now:
$ ip link add type dummy
$ tc qdisc replace dev dummy0 parent root handle 7: \
gred setup vqs 4 default 0
$ tc qdisc replace dev dummy0 parent root handle 7: \
gred setup vqs 4 default 0
$ tc qdisc replace dev dummy0 parent root handle 7: \
gred setup vqs 4 default 0
Fixes: f62d6b936d ("[PKT_SCHED]: GRED: Use central VQ change procedure")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marco reported an error with hfsc:
root@Calimero:~# tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1:0 hfsc default 1
Error: Attribute failed policy validation.
Apparently a few implementations pass TCA_OPTIONS as a binary instead
of nested attribute, so drop TCA_OPTIONS from the policy.
Fixes: 8b4c3cdd9d ("net: sched: Add policy validation for tc attributes")
Reported-by: Marco Berizzi <pupilla@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in the following command:
# tc action add action police rate <r> burst <b> conform-exceed <c1>/<c2>
'goto chain x' is allowed only for c1: setting it for c2 makes the kernel
crash with NULL pointer dereference, since TC core doesn't initialize the
chain handle.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in the following command:
# tc action add action <c1> random <rand_type> <c2> <rand_param>
'goto chain x' is allowed only for c1: setting it for c2 makes the kernel
crash with NULL pointer dereference, since TC core doesn't initialize the
chain handle.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched/cls_api.c has overlapping changes to a call to
nlmsg_parse(), one (from 'net') added rtm_tca_policy instead of NULL
to the 5th argument, and another (from 'net-next') added cb->extack
instead of NULL to the 6th argument.
net/ipv4/ipmr_base.c is a case of a bug fix in 'net' being done to
code which moved (to mr_table_dump)) in 'net-next'. Thanks to David
Ahern for the heads up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dumping classes by parent, kernel would return classes twice:
| # tc qdisc add dev lo root prio
| # tc class show dev lo
| class prio 8001:1 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:2 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:3 parent 8001:
| # tc class show dev lo parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:1 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:2 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:3 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:1 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:2 parent 8001:
| class prio 8001:3 parent 8001:
This comes from qdisc_match_from_root() potentially returning the root
qdisc itself if its handle matched. Though in that case, root's classes
were already dumped a few lines above.
Fixes: cb395b2010 ("net: sched: optimize class dumps")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the new EDT model, sch_fq no longer has to special
case TCP pure acks, since their skb->tstamp will allow them
being sent without pacing delay.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_pacing_rate has beed introduced as a u32 field in 2013,
effectively limiting per flow pacing to 34Gbit.
We believe it is time to allow TCP to pace high speed flows
on 64bit hosts, as we now can reach 100Gbit on one TCP flow.
This patch adds no cost for 32bit kernels.
The tcpi_pacing_rate and tcpi_max_pacing_rate were already
exported as 64bit, so iproute2/ss command require no changes.
Unfortunately the SO_MAX_PACING_RATE socket option will stay
32bit and we will need to add a new option to let applications
control high pacing rates.
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
ESTAB 0 1787144 10.246.9.76:49992 10.246.9.77:36741
timer:(on,003ms,0) ino:91863 sk:2 <->
skmem:(r0,rb540000,t66440,tb2363904,f605944,w1822984,o0,bl0,d0)
ts sack bbr wscale:8,8 rto:201 rtt:0.057/0.006 mss:1448
rcvmss:536 advmss:1448
cwnd:138 ssthresh:178 bytes_acked:256699822585 segs_out:177279177
segs_in:3916318 data_segs_out:177279175
bbr:(bw:31276.8Mbps,mrtt:0,pacing_gain:1.25,cwnd_gain:2)
send 28045.5Mbps lastrcv:73333
pacing_rate 38705.0Mbps delivery_rate 22997.6Mbps
busy:73333ms unacked:135 retrans:0/157 rcv_space:14480
notsent:2085120 minrtt:0.013
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to what has been done in 8b4c3cdd9d ("net: sched: Add policy
validation for tc attributes"), fix classifier code to add validation of
TCA_CHAIN and TCA_KIND netlink attributes.
tested with:
# ./tdc.py -c filter
v2: Let sch_api and cls_api share nla_policy they have in common, thanks
to David Ahern.
v3: Avoid EXPORT_SYMBOL(), as validation of those attributes is not done
by TC modules, thanks to Cong Wang.
While at it, restore the 'Delete / get qdisc' comment to its orginal
position, just above tc_get_qdisc() function prototype.
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were easy to resolve using immediate context mostly,
except the cls_u32.c one where I simply too the entire HEAD
chunk.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David writes:
"Networking
1) RXRPC receive path fixes from David Howells.
2) Re-export __skb_recv_udp(), from Jiri Kosina.
3) Fix refcounting in u32 classificer, from Al Viro.
4) Userspace netlink ABI fixes from Eugene Syromiatnikov.
5) Don't double iounmap on rmmod in ena driver, from Arthur
Kiyanovski.
6) Fix devlink string attribute handling, we must pull a copy into a
kernel buffer if the lifetime extends past the netlink request.
From Moshe Shemesh.
7) Fix hangs in RDS, from Ka-Cheong Poon.
8) Fix recursive locking lockdep warnings in tipc, from Ying Xue.
9) Clear RX irq correctly in socionext, from Ilias Apalodimas.
10) bcm_sf2 fixes from Florian Fainelli."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Call setup during switch resume
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: Fix unbind ordering
net: phy: sfp: remove sfp_mutex's definition
r8169: set RX_MULTI_EN bit in RxConfig for 8168F-family chips
net: socionext: clear rx irq correctly
net/mlx4_core: Fix warnings during boot on driverinit param set failures
tipc: eliminate possible recursive locking detected by LOCKDEP
selftests: udpgso_bench.sh explicitly requires bash
selftests: rtnetlink.sh explicitly requires bash.
qmi_wwan: Added support for Gemalto's Cinterion ALASxx WWAN interface
tipc: queue socket protocol error messages into socket receive buffer
tipc: set link tolerance correctly in broadcast link
net: ipv4: don't let PMTU updates increase route MTU
net: ipv4: update fnhe_pmtu when first hop's MTU changes
net/ipv6: stop leaking percpu memory in fib6 info
rds: RDS (tcp) hangs on sendto() to unresponding address
net: make skb_partial_csum_set() more robust against overflows
devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param
devlink: Fix param cmode driverinit for string type
devlink: Fix param set handling for string type
...
While noop_qdisc.gso_skb and noop_qdisc.skb_bad_txq are not used
in other places, it seems not correct to overwrite their fields
in dev_init_scheduler_queue().
noop_qdisc is essentially a shared and read-only object, even if
it is not marked as const because of some implementation detail.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure extack is passed to nlmsg_parse where easy to do so.
Most of these are dump handlers and leveraging the extack in
the netlink_callback.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have the knode count, we can instantly check if
any hnodes are non-empty. And that kills the check for extra
references to root hnode - those could happen only if there was
a knode to carry such a link.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
allows to simplify u32_delete() considerably
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both hnode ->tp_c and tp_c argument of u32_set_parms()
the latter is redundant, the former - never read...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It must be tc_u_common associated with that tp (i.e. tp->data).
Proof:
* both ->ht_up and ->tp_c are assign-once
* ->tp_c of anything inserted into tp_c->hlist is tp_c
* hnodes never get reinserted into the lists or moved
between those, so anything found by u32_lookup_ht(tp->data, ...)
will have ->tp_c equal to tp->data.
* tp->root->tp_c == tp->data.
* ->ht_up of anything inserted into hnode->ht[...] is
equal to hnode.
* knodes never get reinserted into hash chains or moved
between those, so anything returned by u32_lookup_key(ht, ...)
will have ->ht_up equal to ht.
* any knode returned by u32_get(tp, ...) will have ->ht_up->tp_c
point to tp->data
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the only thing we used ht for was ht->tp_c and callers can get that
without going through ->tp_c at all; start with lifting that into
the callers, next commits will massage those, eventually removing
->tp_c altogether.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* calculate key *once*, not for each hash chain element
* let tc_u_hash() return the pointer to chain head rather than index -
callers are cleaner that way.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unused
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not used anymore
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested by modifying iproute2 to allow sending a divisor > 255
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Operation makes no sense. Nothing will actually break if we do so
(depth limit in u32_classify() will prevent infinite loops), but
according to maintainers it's best prohibited outright.
NOTE: doing so guarantees that u32_destroy() will trigger the call
of u32_destroy_hnode(); we might want to make that unconditional.
Test:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 u32 \
link 800: offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
should fail with
Error: cls_u32: Not linking to root node
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... and produce consistent error on attempt to delete such.
Existing check in u32_delete() is inconsistent - after
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 handle 1: u32 \
divisor 1
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 200 handle 2: u32 \
divisor 1
both
tc filter delete dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 handle 801: u32
and
tc filter delete dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 handle 800: u32
will fail (at least with refcounting fixes), but the former will complain
about an attempt to remove a busy table, while the latter will recognize
it as root and yield "Not allowed to delete root node" instead.
The problem with the existing check is that several tcf_proto instances
might share the same tp->data and handle-to-hnode lookup will be the same
for all of them. So comparing an hnode to be deleted with tp->root won't
catch the case when one tp is used to try deleting the root of another.
Solution is trivial - mark the root hnodes explicitly upon allocation and
check for that.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_u32.c misuses refcounts for struct tc_u_hnode - it counts references
via ->hlist and via ->tp_root together. u32_destroy() drops the former
and, in case when there had been links, leaves the sucker on the list.
As the result, there's nothing to protect it from getting freed once links
are dropped.
That also makes the "is it busy" check incapable of catching the root
hnode - it *is* busy (there's a reference from tp), but we don't see it as
something separate. "Is it our root?" check partially covers that, but
the problem exists for others' roots as well.
AFAICS, the minimal fix preserving the existing behaviour (where it doesn't
include oopsen, that is) would be this:
* count tp->root and tp_c->hlist as separate references. I.e.
have u32_init() set refcount to 2, not 1.
* in u32_destroy() we always drop the former;
in u32_destroy_hnode() - the latter.
That way we have *all* references contributing to refcount. List
removal happens in u32_destroy_hnode() (called only when ->refcnt is 1)
an in u32_destroy() in case of tc_u_common going away, along with
everything reachable from it. IOW, that way we know that
u32_destroy_key() won't free something still on the list (or pointed to by
someone's ->root).
Reproducer:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 handle 1: \
u32 divisor 1
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 200 handle 2: \
u32 divisor 1
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 \
handle 1:0:11 u32 ht 1: link 801: offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 \
plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
tc filter delete dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 200
tc filter change dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100 \
handle 1:0:11 u32 ht 1: link 0: offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 \
eat match ip protocol 6 ff
tc filter delete dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 100
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix 5 warnings and 14 checks issued by checkpatch.pl:
CHECK: Logical continuations should be on the previous line
+ if ((q->vars.qdelay < q->params.target / 2)
+ && (q->vars.prob < MAX_PROB / 5))
WARNING: line over 80 characters
+ q->params.tupdate = usecs_to_jiffies(nla_get_u32(tb[TCA_PIE_TUPDATE]));
CHECK: Blank lines aren't necessary after an open brace '{'
+{
+
CHECK: braces {} should be used on all arms of this statement
+ if (qlen < QUEUE_THRESHOLD)
[...]
+ else {
[...]
CHECK: Unbalanced braces around else statement
+ else {
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast
+ if (delta > (s32) (MAX_PROB / (100 / 2)) &&
CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'qdelay == 0'
+ if ((qdelay == 0) && (qdelay_old == 0) && update_prob)
CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'qdelay_old == 0'
+ if ((qdelay == 0) && (qdelay_old == 0) && update_prob)
CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'q->vars.prob == 0'
+ if ((q->vars.qdelay < q->params.target / 2) &&
+ (q->vars.qdelay_old < q->params.target / 2) &&
+ (q->vars.prob == 0) &&
+ (q->vars.avg_dq_rate > 0))
CHECK: Unnecessary parentheses around 'q->vars.avg_dq_rate > 0'
+ if ((q->vars.qdelay < q->params.target / 2) &&
+ (q->vars.qdelay_old < q->params.target / 2) &&
+ (q->vars.prob == 0) &&
+ (q->vars.avg_dq_rate > 0))
CHECK: Blank lines aren't necessary before a close brace '}'
+
+}
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!opts"
+ if (opts == NULL)
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast
+ ((u32) PSCHED_TICKS2NS(q->params.target)) /
WARNING: line over 80 characters
+ nla_put_u32(skb, TCA_PIE_TUPDATE, jiffies_to_usecs(q->params.tupdate)) ||
CHECK: Blank lines aren't necessary before a close brace '}'
+
+}
CHECK: No space is necessary after a cast
+ .delay = ((u32) PSCHED_TICKS2NS(q->vars.qdelay)) /
WARNING: Missing a blank line after declarations
+ struct sk_buff *skb;
+ skb = qdisc_dequeue_head(sch);
WARNING: Missing a blank line after declarations
+ struct pie_sched_data *q = qdisc_priv(sch);
+ qdisc_reset_queue(sch);
WARNING: Missing a blank line after declarations
+ struct pie_sched_data *q = qdisc_priv(sch);
+ q->params.tupdate = 0;
Signed-off-by: Leslie Monis <lesliemonis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As done treewide earlier, this catches several more open-coded
allocation size calculations that were added to the kernel during the
merge window. This performs the following mechanical transformations
using Coccinelle:
kvmalloc(a * b, ...) -> kvmalloc_array(a, b, ...)
kvzalloc(a * b, ...) -> kvcalloc(a, b, ...)
devm_kzalloc(..., a * b, ...) -> devm_kcalloc(..., a, b, ...)
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
A number of TC attributes are processed without proper validation
(e.g., length checks). Add a tca policy for all input attributes and use
when invoking nlmsg_parse.
The 2 Fixes tags below cover the latest additions. The other attributes
are a string (KIND), nested attribute (OPTIONS which does seem to have
validation in most cases), for dumps only or a flag.
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Fixes: d47a6b0e7c ("net: sched: introduce ingress/egress block index attributes for qdisc")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ec3ed293e7 ("net_sched: change tcf_del_walker() to take idrinfo->lock")
we move fl_hw_destroy_tmplt() to a workqueue to avoid blocking
with the spinlock held. Unfortunately, this causes a lot of
troubles here:
1. tcf_chain_destroy() could be called right after we queue the work
but before the work runs. This is a use-after-free.
2. The chain refcnt is already 0, we can't even just hold it again.
We can check refcnt==1 but it is ugly.
3. The chain with refcnt 0 is still visible in its block, which means
it could be still found and used!
4. The block has a refcnt too, we can't hold it without introducing a
proper API either.
We can make it working but the end result is ugly. Instead of wasting
time on reviewing it, let's just convert the troubling spinlock to
a mutex, which allows us to use non-atomic allocations too.
Fixes: ec3ed293e7 ("net_sched: change tcf_del_walker() to take idrinfo->lock")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@idosch.org>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This traffic scheduler allows traffic classes states (transmission
allowed/not allowed, in the simplest case) to be scheduled, according
to a pre-generated time sequence. This is the basis of the IEEE
802.1Qbv specification.
Example configuration:
tc qdisc replace dev enp3s0 parent root handle 100 taprio \
num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 \
queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 \
base-time 1528743495910289987 \
sched-entry S 01 300000 \
sched-entry S 02 300000 \
sched-entry S 04 300000 \
clockid CLOCK_TAI
The configuration format is similar to mqprio. The main difference is
the presence of a schedule, built by multiple "sched-entry"
definitions, each entry has the following format:
sched-entry <CMD> <GATE MASK> <INTERVAL>
The only supported <CMD> is "S", which means "SetGateStates",
following the IEEE 802.1Qbv-2015 definition (Table 8-6). <GATE MASK>
is a bitmask where each bit is a associated with a traffic class, so
bit 0 (the least significant bit) being "on" means that traffic class
0 is "active" for that schedule entry. <INTERVAL> is a time duration
in nanoseconds that specifies for how long that state defined by <CMD>
and <GATE MASK> should be held before moving to the next entry.
This schedule is circular, that is, after the last entry is executed
it starts from the first one, indefinitely.
The other parameters can be defined as follows:
- base-time: specifies the instant when the schedule starts, if
'base-time' is a time in the past, the schedule will start at
base-time + (N * cycle-time)
where N is the smallest integer so the resulting time is greater
than "now", and "cycle-time" is the sum of all the intervals of the
entries in the schedule;
- clockid: specifies the reference clock to be used;
The parameters should be similar to what the IEEE 802.1Q family of
specification defines.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflict in net/core/rtnetlink.c, David Ahern's bug fix in 'net'
overlapped the renaming of a netlink attribute in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the recent TCP/EDT patch series, I switched TCP and sch_fq
clocks from MONOTONIC to TAI, in order to meet the choice done
earlier for sch_etf packet scheduler.
But sure enough, this broke some setups were the TAI clock
jumps forward (by almost 50 year...), as reported
by Leonard Crestez.
If we want to converge later, we'll probably need to add
an skb field to differentiate the clock bases, or a socket option.
In the meantime, an UDP application will need to use CLOCK_MONOTONIC
base for its SCM_TXTIME timestamps if using fq packet scheduler.
Fixes: 72b0094f91 ("tcp: switch tcp_clock_ns() to CLOCK_TAI base")
Fixes: 142537e419 ("net_sched: sch_fq: switch to CLOCK_TAI")
Fixes: fd2bca2aa7 ("tcp: switch internal pacing timer to CLOCK_TAI")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Leonard Crestez <leonard.crestez@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Leonard Crestez <leonard.crestez@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcf_block_find() fails, it already rollbacks the qdisc refcnt,
so its caller doesn't need to clean up this again. Avoid calling
qdisc_put() again by resetting qdisc to NULL for callers.
Reported-by: syzbot+37b8770e6d5a8220a039@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: e368fdb61d ("net: sched: use Qdisc rcu API instead of relying on rtnl lock")
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If "td->u.target_size" is larger than sizeof(struct xt_entry_target) we
return -EINVAL. But we don't check whether it's smaller than
sizeof(struct xt_entry_target) and that could lead to an out of bounds
read.
Fixes: 7ba699c604 ("[NET_SCHED]: Convert actions from rtnetlink to new netlink API")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
net/sched/sch_generic.c:944:6: warning:
symbol 'qdisc_free_cb' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: 3a7d0d07a3 ("net: sched: extend Qdisc with rcu")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to remove dependency on rtnl lock on rules update path, always
take reference to block while using it on rules update path. Change
tcf_block_get() error handling to properly release block with reference
counting, instead of just destroying it, in order to accommodate potential
concurrent users.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement get/put function for blocks that only take/release the reference
and perform deallocation. These functions are intended to be used by
unlocked rules update path to always hold reference to block while working
with it. They use on new fine-grained locking mechanisms introduced in
previous patches in this set, instead of relying on global protection
provided by rtnl lock.
Extract code that is common with tcf_block_detach_ext() into common
function __tcf_block_put().
Extend tcf_block with rcu to allow safe deallocation when it is accessed
concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protect block idr access with spinlock, instead of relying on rtnl lock.
Take tn->idr_lock spinlock during block insertion and removal.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract code that flushes and puts all chains on tcf block to two
standalone function to be shared with functions that locklessly get/put
reference to block.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for removing rtnl lock dependency from rules update path,
change tcf block reference counter type to refcount_t to allow modification
by concurrent users.
In block put function perform decrement and check reference counter once to
accommodate concurrent modification by unlocked users. After this change
tcf_chain_put at the end of block put function is called with
block->refcnt==0 and will deallocate block after the last chain is
released, so there is no need to manually deallocate block in this case.
However, if block reference counter reached 0 and there are no chains to
release, block must still be deallocated manually.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation from removing rtnl lock dependency from rules update path,
use Qdisc rcu and reference counting capabilities instead of relying on
rtnl lock while working with Qdiscs. Create new tcf_block_release()
function, and use it to free resources taken by tcf_block_find().
Currently, this function only releases Qdisc and it is extended in next
patches in this series.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, Qdisc API functions assume that users have rtnl lock taken. To
implement rtnl unlocked classifiers update interface, Qdisc API must be
extended with functions that do not require rtnl lock.
Extend Qdisc structure with rcu. Implement special version of put function
qdisc_put_unlocked() that is called without rtnl lock taken. This function
only takes rtnl lock if Qdisc reference counter reached zero and is
intended to be used as optimization.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of qdisc_destroy() decrements Qdisc reference
counter and only actually destroy Qdisc if reference counter value reached
zero. Rename qdisc_destroy() to qdisc_put() in order for it to better
describe the way in which this function currently implemented and used.
Extract code that deallocates Qdisc into new private qdisc_destroy()
function. It is intended to be shared between regular qdisc_put() and its
unlocked version that is introduced in next patch in this series.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional counters that will store the bytes/packets processed by
hardware. These will be exported through the netlink interface for
displaying by the iproute2 tc tool
Signed-off-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the earliest departure time model, we no longer plan
special casing TCP retransmits. We therefore remove dead
code (since most compilers understood skb_is_retransmit()
was false)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP keeps track of tcp_wstamp_ns by itself, meaning sch_fq
no longer has to do it.
Thanks to this model, TCP can get more accurate RTT samples,
since pacing no longer inflates them.
This has the nice effect of removing some delays caused by FQ
quantum mechanism, causing inflated max/P99 latencies.
Also we might relax TCP Small Queue tight limits in the future,
since this new model allow TCP to build bigger batches, since
sch_fq (or a device with earliest departure time offload) ensure
these packets will be delivered on time.
Note that other protocols are not converted (they will probably
never be) so sch_fq has still support for SO_MAX_PACING_RATE
Tested:
Test showing FQ pacing quantum artifact for low-rate flows,
adding unexpected throttles for RPC flows, inflating max and P99 latencies.
The parameters chosen here are to show what happens typically when
a TCP flow has a reduced pacing rate (this can be caused by a reduced
cwin after few losses, or/and rtt above few ms)
MIBS="MIN_LATENCY,MEAN_LATENCY,MAX_LATENCY,P99_LATENCY,STDDEV_LATENCY"
Before :
$ netperf -H 10.246.7.133 -t TCP_RR -Cc -T6,6 -- -q 2000000 -r 100,100 -o $MIBS
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 10.246.7.133 () port 0 AF_INET : first burst 0 : cpu bind
Minimum Latency Microseconds,Mean Latency Microseconds,Maximum Latency Microseconds,99th Percentile Latency Microseconds,Stddev Latency Microseconds
19,82.78,5279,3825,482.02
After :
$ netperf -H 10.246.7.133 -t TCP_RR -Cc -T6,6 -- -q 2000000 -r 100,100 -o $MIBS
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 10.246.7.133 () port 0 AF_INET : first burst 0 : cpu bind
Minimum Latency Microseconds,Mean Latency Microseconds,Maximum Latency Microseconds,99th Percentile Latency Microseconds,Stddev Latency Microseconds
20,49.94,128,63,3.18
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP will soon provide per skb->tstamp with earliest departure time,
so that sch_fq does not have to determine departure time by looking
at socket sk_pacing_rate.
We chose in linux-4.19 CLOCK_TAI as the clock base for transports,
qdiscs, and NIC offloads.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Action API was changed to work with actions and action_idr in concurrency
safe manner, however tcf_del_walker() still uses actions without taking a
reference or idrinfo->lock first, and deletes them directly, disregarding
possible concurrent delete.
Change tcf_del_walker() to take idrinfo->lock while iterating over actions
and use new tcf_idr_release_unsafe() to release them while holding the
lock.
And the blocking function fl_hw_destroy_tmplt() could be called when we
put a filter chain, so defer it to a work queue.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
[xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com: heavily modify the code and changelog]
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FIELD_SIZEOF is defined as a macro to calculate the specified value. Therefore,
We prefer to use the macro rather than calculating its value.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spinlocks, to protect concurrent read/write on
act_police configuration. This reduces the effects of contention in the
data path, in case multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use per-CPU counters, instead of sharing a single set of stats with all
cores. This removes the need of using spinlock when statistics are read
or updated.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we delete a chain of filters, we need to notify
user-space we are deleting each filters in this chain
too.
Fixes: 32a4f5ecd7 ("net: sched: introduce chain object to uapi")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cl->leaf.q is slightly more readable than cl->un.leaf.q.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer take any spinlock on RX path for ingress qdisc,
so this lockdep annotation is no longer needed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flower in_hw_count type to fixed-size u32 and dump it as
TCA_FLOWER_IN_HW_COUNT. This change is necessary to properly test shared
blocks and re-offload functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An SKB is not on a list if skb->next is NULL.
Codify this convention into a helper function and use it
where we are dequeueing an SKB and need to mark it as such.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead, adjust __qdisc_enqueue_tail() such that HTB can use it
instead.
The only other caller of __qdisc_enqueue_tail() is
qdisc_enqueue_tail() so we can move the backlog and return value
handling (which HTB doesn't need/want) to the latter.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the new locking rule, we have to take tcf_lock for both
->init() and ->dump(), as RTNL will be removed.
Use tcf spinlock to protect private nat action data from concurrent
modification during dump. (nat init already uses tcf spinlock when changing
action state)
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the new locking rule, we have to take tcf_lock for both
->init() and ->dump(), as RTNL will be removed.
Use tcf lock to protect skbedit action struct private data from concurrent
modification in init and dump. Use rcu swap operation to reassign params
pointer under protection of tcf lock. (old params value is not used by
init, so there is no need of standalone rcu dereference step)
Remove rtnl lock assertion that is no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When nla_put*() fails after nla_nest_start(), we need
to call nla_nest_cancel() to cancel the message, otherwise
we end up calling nla_nest_end() like a success.
Fixes: 0ed5269f9e ("net/sched: add tunnel option support to act_tunnel_key")
Cc: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If users try to install act_tunnel_key 'set' rules with duplicate values
of 'index', the tunnel metadata are allocated, but never released. Then,
kmemleak complains as follows:
# tc a a a tunnel_key set src_ip 1.1.1.1 dst_ip 2.2.2.2 id 42 index 111
# echo clear > /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak
# tc a a a tunnel_key set src_ip 1.1.1.1 dst_ip 2.2.2.2 id 42 index 111
Error: TC IDR already exists.
We have an error talking to the kernel
# echo scan > /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak
# cat /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak
unreferenced object 0xffff8800574e6c80 (size 256):
comm "tc", pid 5617, jiffies 4298118009 (age 57.990s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1c e8 b0 ff ff ff ff ................
81 24 c2 ad ff ff ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 .$..............
backtrace:
[<00000000b7afbf4e>] tunnel_key_init+0x8a5/0x1800 [act_tunnel_key]
[<000000007d98fccd>] tcf_action_init_1+0x698/0xac0
[<0000000099b8f7cc>] tcf_action_init+0x15c/0x590
[<00000000dc60eebe>] tc_ctl_action+0x336/0x5c2
[<000000002f5a2f7d>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x357/0x8e0
[<000000000bfe7575>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x124/0x350
[<00000000edab656f>] netlink_unicast+0x40f/0x5d0
[<00000000b322cdcb>] netlink_sendmsg+0x6e8/0xba0
[<0000000063d9d490>] sock_sendmsg+0xb3/0xf0
[<00000000f0d3315a>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x654/0x960
[<00000000c06cbd42>] __sys_sendmsg+0xd3/0x170
[<00000000ce72e4b0>] do_syscall_64+0xa5/0x470
[<000000005caa2d97>] entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
[<00000000fac1b476>] 0xffffffffffffffff
This problem theoretically happens also in case users attempt to setup a
geneve rule having wrong configuration data, or when the kernel fails to
allocate 'params_new'. Ensure that tunnel_key_init() releases the tunnel
metadata also in the above conditions.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1373974 ("Resource leak")
Fixes: d0f6dd8a91 ("net/sched: Introduce act_tunnel_key")
Fixes: 0ed5269f9e ("net/sched: add tunnel option support to act_tunnel_key")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Immediately after module_put(), user could delete this
module, so e->ops could be already freed before we call
e->ops->release().
Fix this by moving module_put() after ops->release().
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the new locking rule, we have to take tcf_lock
for both ->init() and ->dump(), as RTNL will be removed.
However, it is missing for act_connmark.
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 331a9295de ("net: sched: act: add extack for lookup callback").
This extack is never used after 6 months... In fact, it can be just
set in the caller, right after ->lookup().
Cc: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the commit 802bfb1915 ("net/sched: user-space can't set
unknown tcfa_action values"), unknown tcfa_action values are
converted to TC_ACT_UNSPEC, but the common agreement is instead
rejecting such configurations.
This change also introduces a helper to simplify the destruction
of a single action, avoiding code duplication.
v1 -> v2:
- helper is now static and renamed according to act_* convention
- updated extack message, according to the new behavior
Fixes: 802bfb1915 ("net/sched: user-space can't set unknown tcfa_action values")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When chain 0 was implicitly created, removal of non-existent filter from
chain 0 gave -ENOENT. Once chain 0 became non-implicit, the same call is
giving -EINVAL. Fix this by returning -ENOENT in that case.
Reported-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Fixes: f71e0ca4db ("net: sched: Avoid implicit chain 0 creation")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Via u32_change(), TCA_U32_SEL has an unspecified type in the netlink
policy, so max length isn't enforced, only minimum. This means nkeys
(from userspace) was being trusted without checking the actual size of
nla_len(), which could lead to a memory over-read, and ultimately an
exposure via a call to u32_dump(). Reachability is CAP_NET_ADMIN within
a namespace.
Reported-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TC filter flow mapping override completely skipped the call to
cake_hash(); however that meant that the internal state was not being
updated, which ultimately leads to deadlocks in some configurations. Fix
that by passing the overridden flow ID into cake_hash() instead so it can
react appropriately.
In addition, the major number of the class ID can now be set to override
the host mapping in host isolation mode. If both host and flow are
overridden (or if the respective modes are disabled), flow dissection and
hashing will be skipped entirely; otherwise, the hashing will be kept for
the portions that are not set by the filter.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use_all_metadata() acquires read_lock(&ife_mod_lock), then calls
add_metainfo() which calls find_ife_oplist() which acquires the same
lock again. Deadlock!
Introduce __add_metainfo() which accepts struct tcf_meta_ops *ops
as an additional parameter and let its callers to decide how
to find it. For use_all_metadata(), it already has ops, no
need to find it again, just call __add_metainfo() directly.
And, as ife_mod_lock is only needed for find_ife_oplist(),
this means we can make non-atomic allocation for populate_metalist()
now.
Fixes: 817e9f2c5c ("act_ife: acquire ife_mod_lock before reading ifeoplist")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only time we need to take tcfa_lock is when adding
a new metainfo to an existing ife->metalist. We don't need
to take tcfa_lock so early and so broadly in tcf_ife_init().
This means we can always take ife_mod_lock first, avoid the
reverse locking ordering warning as reported by Vlad.
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 42c625a486 ("net: sched: act_ife: disable bh
when taking ife_mod_lock"), because what ife_mod_lock protects
is absolutely not touched in rate est timer BH context, they have
no race.
A better fix is following up.
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 90b73b77d0, list_head is no longer needed.
Now we just need to convert the list iteration to array
iteration for drivers.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_check() is replaced by tcf_idr_check_alloc(),
and __tcf_idr_check() now can be folded into tcf_idr_search().
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ops->delete() wants is getting the tn->idrinfo, but we already
have tc_action before calling ops->delete(), and tc_action has
a pointer ->idrinfo.
More importantly, each type of action does the same thing, that is,
just calling tcf_idr_delete_index().
So it can be just removed.
Fixes: b409074e66 ("net: sched: add 'delete' function to action ops")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_action_put_many() is mostly called to clean up actions on
failure path, but tcf_action_put_many(&actions[acts_deleted]) is
used in the ugliest way: it passes a slice of the array and
uses an additional NULL at the end to avoid out-of-bound
access.
acts_deleted is completely unnecessary since we can teach
tcf_action_put_many() scan the whole array and checks against
NULL pointer. Which also means tcf_action_delete() should
set deleted action pointers to NULL to avoid double free.
Fixes: 90b73b77d0 ("net: sched: change action API to use array of pointers to actions")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove including <linux/version.h> that don't need it.
Signed-off-by: Yue Haibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Action init API was changed to always take reference to action, even when
overwriting existing action. Substitute conditional action release, which
was executed only if action is newly created, with unconditional release in
tcf_ife_init() error handling code to prevent double free or memory leak in
case of overwrite.
Fixes: 4e8ddd7f17 ("net: sched: don't release reference on action overwrite")
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix tcf_unbind_filter missing in cls_matchall as this will trigger
WARN_ON() in cbq_destroy_class().
Fixes: fd62d9f5c5 ("net/sched: matchall: Fix configuration race")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hangbin Liu <liuhangbin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect police action private data from concurrent
modification during dump. (init already uses tcf spinlock when changing
police action state)
Pass tcf spinlock as estimator lock argument to gen_replace_estimator()
during action init.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-introduce mirred list spinlock, that was removed some time ago, in order
to protect it from concurrent modifications, instead of relying on rtnl
lock.
Use tcf spinlock to protect mirred action private data from concurrent
modification in init and dump. Rearrange access to mirred data in order to
be performed only while holding the lock.
Rearrange net dev access to always hold reference while working with it,
instead of relying on rntl lock.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for removing dependency on rtnl lock from rules update
path, all users of shared objects must take reference while working with
them.
Extend action ops with put_dev() API to be used on net device returned by
get_dev().
Modify mirred action (only action that implements get_dev callback):
- Take reference to net device in get_dev.
- Implement put_dev API that releases reference to net device.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect vlan action private data from concurrent
modification during dump and init. Use rcu swap operation to reassign
params pointer under protection of tcf lock. (old params value is not used
by init, so there is no need of standalone rcu dereference step)
Remove rtnl assertion that is no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf lock to protect tunnel key action struct private data from
concurrent modification in init and dump. Use rcu swap operation to
reassign params pointer under protection of tcf lock. (old params value is
not used by init, so there is no need of standalone rcu dereference step)
Remove rtnl lock assertion that is no longer required.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move read of skbmod_p rcu pointer to be protected by tcf spinlock. Use tcf
spinlock to protect private skbmod data from concurrent modification during
dump.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect private simple action data from concurrent
modification during dump. (simple init already uses tcf spinlock when
changing action state)
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect private sample action data from concurrent
modification during dump and init.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rearrange pedit init code to only access pedit action data while holding
tcf spinlock. Change keys allocation type to atomic to allow it to execute
while holding tcf spinlock. Take tcf spinlock in dump function when
accessing pedit action data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect ipt action private data from concurrent
modification during dump. Ipt init already takes tcf spinlock when
modifying ipt state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock and rcu to protect params pointer from concurrent
modification during dump and init. Use rcu swap operation to reassign
params pointer under protection of tcf lock. (old params value is not used
by init, so there is no need of standalone rcu dereference step)
Ife action has meta-actions that are compiled as standalone modules. Rtnl
mutex must be released while loading a kernel module. In order to support
execution without rtnl mutex, propagate 'rtnl_held' argument to meta action
loading functions. When requesting meta action module, conditionally
release rtnl lock depending on 'rtnl_held' argument.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect gact action private state from concurrent
modification during dump and init. Remove rtnl assertion that is no longer
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf lock to protect csum action struct private data from concurrent
modification in init and dump. Use rcu swap operation to reassign params
pointer under protection of tcf lock. (old params value is not used by
init, so there is no need of standalone rcu dereference step)
Remove rtnl assertion that is no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf spinlock to protect bpf action private data from concurrent
modification during dump and init. Remove rtnl lock assertion that is no
longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the refcnt is never decremented in case the value is not 1.
Fix it by adding decrement in case the refcnt is not 1.
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Fixes: f71e0ca4db ("net: sched: Avoid implicit chain 0 creation")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl_reoffload implementation sets following members of struct
tc_cls_flower_offload incorrectly:
- masked key instead of mask
- key instead of masked key
Fix fl_reoffload to provide correct data to offload callback.
Fixes: 31533cba43 ("net: sched: cls_flower: implement offload tcf_proto_op")
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow matching on options in Geneve tunnel headers.
This makes use of existing tunnel metadata support.
The options can be described in the form
CLASS:TYPE:DATA/CLASS_MASK:TYPE_MASK:DATA_MASK, where CLASS is
represented as a 16bit hexadecimal value, TYPE as an 8bit
hexadecimal value and DATA as a variable length hexadecimal value.
e.g.
# ip link add name geneve0 type geneve dstport 0 external
# tc qdisc add dev geneve0 ingress
# tc filter add dev geneve0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower \
enc_src_ip 10.0.99.192 \
enc_dst_ip 10.0.99.193 \
enc_key_id 11 \
geneve_opts 0102:80:1122334421314151/ffff:ff:ffffffffffffffff \
ip_proto udp \
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
This patch adds support for matching Geneve options in the order
supplied by the user. This leads to an efficient implementation in
the software datapath (and in our opinion hardware datapaths that
offload this feature). It is also compatible with Geneve options
matching provided by the Open vSwitch kernel datapath which is
relevant here as the Flower classifier may be used as a mechanism
to program flows into hardware as a form of Open vSwitch datapath
offload (sometimes referred to as OVS-TC). The netlink
Kernel/Userspace API may be extended, for example by adding a flag,
if other matching options are desired, for example matching given
options in any order. This would require an implementation in the
TC software datapath. And be done in a way that drivers that
facilitate offload of the Flower classifier can reject or accept
such flows based on hardware datapath capabilities.
This approach was discussed and agreed on at Netconf 2017 in Seoul.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We forgot to set the error code on this path, so we return NULL instead
of an error pointer. In the current code kzalloc() won't fail for small
allocations so this doesn't really affect runtime.
Fixes: b95ec7eb3b ("net: sched: cls_flower: implement chain templates")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User was able to perform filter flush on chain 0 even if it didn't have
any filters in it. With the patch that avoided implicit chain 0
creation, this changed. So in case user wants filter flush on chain
which does not exist, just return success. There's no reason for non-0
chains to behave differently than chain 0, so do the same for them.
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Fixes: f71e0ca4db ("net: sched: Avoid implicit chain 0 creation")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are no longer used outside of cls_api.c so make them static.
Move tcf_chain_flush() to avoid fwd declaration of tcf_chain_put().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
v1->v2:
- new patch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chains that only have action references serve as placeholders.
Until a non-action reference is created, user should not be aware
of the chain. Also he should not receive any notifications about it.
So send notifications for the new chain only in case the chain gets
the first non-action reference. Symmetrically to that, when
the last non-action reference is dropped, send the notification about
deleted chain.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
v1->v2:
- made __tcf_chain_{get,put}() static as suggested by Cong
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As mentioned by Cong and Jakub during the review process, it is a bit
odd to sometimes (act flow) create a new chain which would be
immediately a "zombie". So just rename it to "held_by_acts_only".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirred is invoked from the ingress path, and it wants to redirect
the processed packet, it can now use the TC_ACT_REINSERT action,
filling the tcf_result accordingly, and avoiding a per packet
skb_clone().
Overall this gives a ~10% improvement in forwarding performance for the
TC S/W data path and TC S/W performances are now comparable to the
kernel openvswitch datapath.
v1 -> v2: use ACT_MIRRED instead of ACT_REDIRECT
v2 -> v3: updated after action rename, fixed typo into the commit
message
v3 -> v4: updated again after action rename, added more comments to
the code (JiriP), skip the optimization if the control action
need to touch the tcf_result (Paolo)
v4 -> v5: fix sparse warning (kbuild bot)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each lockless action currently does its own RCU locking in ->act().
This allows using plain RCU accessor, even if the context
is really RCU BH.
This change drops the per action RCU lock, replace the accessors
with the _bh variant, cleans up a bit the surrounding code and
documents the RCU status in the relevant header.
No functional nor performance change is intended.
The goal of this patch is clarifying that the RCU critical section
used by the tc actions extends up to the classifier's caller.
v1 -> v2:
- preserve rcu lock in act_bpf: it's needed by eBPF helpers,
as pointed out by Daniel
v3 -> v4:
- fixed some typos in the commit message (JiriP)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when initializing an action, the user-space can specify
and use arbitrary values for the tcfa_action field. If the value
is unknown by the kernel, is implicitly threaded as TC_ACT_UNSPEC.
This change explicitly checks for unknown values at action creation
time, and explicitly convert them to TC_ACT_UNSPEC. No functional
changes are introduced, but this will allow introducing tcfa_action
values not exposed to user-space in a later patch.
Note: we can't use the above to hide TC_ACT_REDIRECT from user-space,
as the latter is already part of uAPI.
v3 -> v4:
- use an helper to check for action validity (JiriP)
- emit an extack for invalid actions (JiriP)
v4 -> v5:
- keep messages on a single line, drop net_warn (Marcelo)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace calls to kmalloc followed by a memcpy with a direct call to
kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace calls to kmalloc followed by a memcpy with a direct call to
kmemdup.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case a chain is empty and not explicitly created by a user,
such chain should not exist. The only exception is if there is
an action "goto chain" pointing to it. In that case, don't show the
chain in the dump. Track the chain references held by actions and
use them to find out if a chain should or should not be shown
in chain dump.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once user manually deletes the chain using "chain del", the chain cannot
be marked as explicitly created anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Fixes: 32a4f5ecd7 ("net: sched: introduce chain object to uapi")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code at line 1850 is unreachable. Fix this by removing the break
statement above it, so the code for case RTM_GETCHAIN can be
properly executed.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1472050 ("Structurally dead code")
Fixes: 32a4f5ecd7 ("net: sched: introduce chain object to uapi")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow to install a child qdisc under cbs. The main use case
is to install ETF (Earliest TxTime First) qdisc under cbs, so there's
another level of control for time-sensitive traffic.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the following sparse warning:
net/sched/cls_flower.c:1356:36: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different base types)
net/sched/cls_flower.c:1356:36: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] value
net/sched/cls_flower.c:1356:36: got restricted __be16 [usertype] vlan_tpid
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Skbprio (SKB Priority Queue) is a queueing discipline that prioritizes packets
according to their skb->priority field. Under congestion, already-enqueued lower
priority packets will be dropped to make space available for higher priority
packets. Skbprio was conceived as a solution for denial-of-service defenses that
need to route packets with different priorities as a means to overcome DoS
attacks.
v5
*Do not reference qdisc_dev(sch)->tx_queue_len for setting limit. Instead set
default sch->limit to 64.
v4
*Drop Documentation/networking/sch_skbprio.txt doc file to move it to tc man
page for Skbprio, in iproute2.
v3
*Drop max_limit parameter in struct skbprio_sched_data and instead use
sch->limit.
*Reference qdisc_dev(sch)->tx_queue_len only once, during initialisation for
qdisc (previously being referenced every time qdisc changes).
*Move qdisc's detailed description from in-code to Documentation/networking.
*When qdisc is saturated, enqueue incoming packet first before dequeueing
lowest priority packet in queue - improves usage of call stack registers.
*Introduce and use overlimit stat to keep track of number of dropped packets.
v2
*Use skb->priority field rather than DS field. Rename queueing discipline as
SKB Priority Queue (previously Gatekeeper Priority Queue).
*Queueing discipline is made classful to expose Skbprio's internal priority
queues.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Devarajan <ndev2021@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sachin Paryani <sachin.paryani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Cody Doucette <doucette@bu.edu>
Reviewed-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove trailing whitespace and blank lines at EOF
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a couple of flower offload commands in order to propagate
template creation/destruction events down to device drivers.
Drivers may use this information to prepare HW in an optimal way
for future filter insertions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the previously introduced template extension and implement
callback to create, destroy and dump chain template. The existing
parsing and dumping functions are re-used. Also, check if newly added
filters fit the template if it is set.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is going to be used for templates as well, so we need to
pass the pointer separately.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push key/mask dumping from fl_dump() into a separate function
fl_dump_key(), that will be reused for template dumping.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user to set a template for newly created chains. Template lock
down the chain for particular classifier type/options combinations.
The classifier needs to support templates, otherwise kernel would
reply with error.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user to create, destroy, get and dump chain objects. Do that by
extending rtnl commands by the chain-specific ones. User will now be
able to explicitly create or destroy chains (so far this was done only
automatically according the filter/act needs and refcounting). Also, the
user will receive notification about any chain creation or destuction.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, chain 0 is implicitly created during block creation. However
that does not align with chain object exposure, creation and destruction
api introduced later on. So make the chain 0 behave the same way as any
other chain and only create it when it is needed. Since chain 0 is
somehow special as the qdiscs need to hold pointer to the first chain
tp, this requires to move the chain head change callback infra to the
block structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Push all bits that take care of ops lookup, including module loading
outside tcf_proto_create() function, into tcf_proto_lookup_ops()
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This line makes up what macro PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO already does. So,
make use of PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO rather than an open-code version.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow users to set rules matching on ipv4 tos and ttl or
ipv6 traffic-class and hoplimit of tunnel headers.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow user-space to provide tos and ttl to be set for the tunnel headers.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
net/sched/cls_api.c:1101:43: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
net/sched/cls_api.c:1492:75: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In diffserv mode, CAKE stores tins in a different order internally than
the logical order exposed to userspace. The order remapping was missing
in the handling of 'tc filter' priority mappings through skb->priority,
resulting in bulk and best effort mappings being reversed relative to
how they are displayed.
Fix this by adding the missing mapping when reading skb->priority.
Fixes: 83f8fd69af ("sch_cake: Add DiffServ handling")
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct tcf_walker with additional 'cookie' field. It is intended to
be used by classifier walk implementations to continue iteration directly
from particular filter, instead of iterating 'skip' number of times.
Change flower walk implementation to save filter handle in 'cookie'. Each
time flower walk is called, it looks up filter with saved handle directly
with idr, instead of iterating over filter linked list 'skip' number of
times. This change improves complexity of dumping flower classifier from
quadratic to linearithmic. (assuming idr lookup has logarithmic complexity)
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,un}lock_bh, to protect concurrent read/write on
act_skbedit configuration. This reduces the effects of contention in the
data path, in case multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use per-CPU counters, instead of sharing a single set of stats with all
cores: this removes the need of spinlocks when stats are read/updated.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix action attribute size calculation function to take rcu read lock and
access act_cookie pointer with rcu dereference.
Fixes: eec94fdb04 ("net: sched: use rcu for action cookie update")
Reported-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free params if tcf_idr_check_alloc() returned error.
Fixes: 0190c1d452 ("net: sched: atomically check-allocate action")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zahari issued tc vlan command without setting vlan_ethtype, which will
crash kernel. To avoid this, we must check tb[TCA_FLOWER_KEY_VLAN_ETH_TYPE]
is not null before use it.
Also we don't need to dump vlan_ethtype or cvlan_ethtype in this case.
Fixes: d64efd0926 ('net/sched: flower: Add supprt for matching on QinQ vlan headers')
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Zahari Doychev <zahari.doychev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At lower bandwidths, the transmission time of a single GSO segment can add
an unacceptable amount of latency due to HOL blocking. Furthermore, with a
software shaper, any tuning mechanism employed by the kernel to control the
maximum size of GSO segments is thrown off by the artificial limit on
bandwidth. For this reason, we split GSO segments into their individual
packets iff the shaper is active and configured to a bandwidth <= 1 Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds configurable overhead compensation support to the rate
shaper. With this feature, userspace can configure the actual bottleneck
link overhead and encapsulation mode used, which will be used by the shaper
to calculate the precise duration of each packet on the wire.
This feature is needed because CAKE is often deployed one or two hops
upstream of the actual bottleneck (which can be, e.g., inside a DSL or
cable modem). In this case, the link layer characteristics and overhead
reported by the kernel does not match the actual bottleneck. Being able to
set the actual values in use makes it possible to configure the shaper rate
much closer to the actual bottleneck rate (our experience shows it is
possible to get with 0.1% of the actual physical bottleneck rate), thus
keeping latency low without sacrificing bandwidth.
The overhead compensation has three tunables: A fixed per-packet overhead
size (which, if set, will be accounted from the IP packet header), a
minimum packet size (MPU) and a framing mode supporting either ATM or PTM
framing. We include a set of common keywords in TC to help users configure
the right parameters. If no overhead value is set, the value reported by
the kernel is used.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for DiffServ-based priority queueing to CAKE. If the
shaper is in use, each priority tier gets its own virtual clock, which
limits that tier's rate to a fraction of the overall shaped rate, to
discourage trying to game the priority mechanism.
CAKE defaults to a simple, three-tier mode that interprets most code points
as "best effort", but places CS1 traffic into a low-priority "bulk" tier
which is assigned 1/16 of the total rate, and a few code points indicating
latency-sensitive or control traffic (specifically TOS4, VA, EF, CS6, CS7)
into a "latency sensitive" high-priority tier, which is assigned 1/4 rate.
The other supported DiffServ modes are a 4-tier mode matching the 802.11e
precedence rules, as well as two 8-tier modes, one of which implements
strict precedence of the eight priority levels.
This commit also adds an optional DiffServ 'wash' mode, which will zero out
the DSCP fields of any packet passing through CAKE. While this can
technically be done with other mechanisms in the kernel, having the feature
available in CAKE significantly decreases configuration complexity; and the
implementation cost is low on top of the other DiffServ-handling code.
Filters and applications can set the skb->priority field to override the
DSCP-based classification into tiers. If TC_H_MAJ(skb->priority) matches
CAKE's qdisc handle, the minor number will be interpreted as a priority
tier if it is less than or equal to the number of configured priority
tiers.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CAKE is deployed on a gateway that also performs NAT (which is a
common deployment mode), the host fairness mechanism cannot distinguish
internal hosts from each other, and so fails to work correctly.
To fix this, we add an optional NAT awareness mode, which will query the
kernel conntrack mechanism to obtain the pre-NAT addresses for each packet
and use that in the flow and host hashing.
When the shaper is enabled and the host is already performing NAT, the cost
of this lookup is negligible. However, in unlimited mode with no NAT being
performed, there is a significant CPU cost at higher bandwidths. For this
reason, the feature is turned off by default.
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ACK filter is an optional feature of CAKE which is designed to improve
performance on links with very asymmetrical rate limits. On such links
(which are unfortunately quite prevalent, especially for DSL and cable
subscribers), the downstream throughput can be limited by the number of
ACKs capable of being transmitted in the *upstream* direction.
Filtering ACKs can, in general, have adverse effects on TCP performance
because it interferes with ACK clocking (especially in slow start), and it
reduces the flow's resiliency to ACKs being dropped further along the path.
To alleviate these drawbacks, the ACK filter in CAKE tries its best to
always keep enough ACKs queued to ensure forward progress in the TCP flow
being filtered. It does this by only filtering redundant ACKs. In its
default 'conservative' mode, the filter will always keep at least two
redundant ACKs in the queue, while in 'aggressive' mode, it will filter
down to a single ACK.
The ACK filter works by inspecting the per-flow queue on every packet
enqueue. Starting at the head of the queue, the filter looks for another
eligible packet to drop (so the ACK being dropped is always closer to the
head of the queue than the packet being enqueued). An ACK is eligible only
if it ACKs *fewer* bytes than the new packet being enqueued, including any
SACK options. This prevents duplicate ACKs from being filtered, to avoid
interfering with retransmission logic. In addition, we check TCP header
options and only drop those that are known to not interfere with sender
state. In particular, packets with unknown option codes are never dropped.
In aggressive mode, an eligible packet is always dropped, while in
conservative mode, at least two ACKs are kept in the queue. Only pure ACKs
(with no data segments) are considered eligible for dropping, but when an
ACK with data segments is enqueued, this can cause another pure ACK to
become eligible for dropping.
The approach described above ensures that this ACK filter avoids most of
the drawbacks of a naive filtering mechanism that only keeps flow state but
does not inspect the queue. This is the rationale for including the ACK
filter in CAKE itself rather than as separate module (as the TC filter, for
instance).
Our performance evaluation has shown that on a 30/1 Mbps link with a
bidirectional traffic test (RRUL), turning on the ACK filter on the
upstream link improves downstream throughput by ~20% (both modes) and
upstream throughput by ~12% in conservative mode and ~40% in aggressive
mode, at the cost of ~5ms of inter-flow latency due to the increased
congestion.
In *really* pathological cases, the effect can be a lot more; for instance,
the ACK filter increases the achievable downstream throughput on a link
with 100 Kbps in the upstream direction by an order of magnitude (from ~2.5
Mbps to ~25 Mbps).
Finally, even though we consider the ACK filter to be safer than most, we
do not recommend turning it on everywhere: on more symmetrical link
bandwidths the effect is negligible at best.
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ingress mode is meant to be enabled when CAKE runs downlink of the
actual bottleneck (such as on an IFB device). The mode changes the shaper
to also account dropped packets to the shaped rate, as these have already
traversed the bottleneck.
Enabling ingress mode will also tune the AQM to always keep at least two
packets queued *for each flow*. This is done by scaling the minimum queue
occupancy level that will disable the AQM by the number of active bulk
flows. The rationale for this is that retransmits are more expensive in
ingress mode, since dropped packets have to traverse the bottleneck again
when they are retransmitted; thus, being more lenient and keeping a minimum
number of packets queued will improve throughput in cases where the number
of active flows are so large that they saturate the bottleneck even at
their minimum window size.
This commit also adds a separate switch to enable ingress mode rate
autoscaling. If enabled, the autoscaling code will observe the actual
traffic rate and adjust the shaper rate to match it. This can help avoid
latency increases in the case where the actual bottleneck rate decreases
below the shaped rate. The scaling filters out spikes by an EWMA filter.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_cake targets the home router use case and is intended to squeeze the
most bandwidth and latency out of even the slowest ISP links and routers,
while presenting an API simple enough that even an ISP can configure it.
Example of use on a cable ISP uplink:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 cake bandwidth 20Mbit nat docsis ack-filter
To shape a cable download link (ifb and tc-mirred setup elided)
tc qdisc add dev ifb0 cake bandwidth 200mbit nat docsis ingress wash
CAKE is filled with:
* A hybrid Codel/Blue AQM algorithm, "Cobalt", tied to an FQ_Codel
derived Flow Queuing system, which autoconfigures based on the bandwidth.
* A novel "triple-isolate" mode (the default) which balances per-host
and per-flow FQ even through NAT.
* An deficit based shaper, that can also be used in an unlimited mode.
* 8 way set associative hashing to reduce flow collisions to a minimum.
* A reasonable interpretation of various diffserv latency/loss tradeoffs.
* Support for zeroing diffserv markings for entering and exiting traffic.
* Support for interacting well with Docsis 3.0 shaper framing.
* Extensive support for DSL framing types.
* Support for ack filtering.
* Extensive statistics for measuring, loss, ecn markings, latency
variation.
A paper describing the design of CAKE is available at
https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.07617, and will be published at the 2018 IEEE
International Symposium on Local and Metropolitan Area Networks (LANMAN).
This patch adds the base shaper and packet scheduler, while subsequent
commits add the optional (configurable) features. The full userspace API
and most data structures are included in this commit, but options not
understood in the base version will be ignored.
Various versions baking have been available as an out of tree build for
kernel versions going back to 3.10, as the embedded router world has been
running a few years behind mainline Linux. A stable version has been
generally available on lede-17.01 and later.
sch_cake replaces a combination of iptables, tc filter, htb and fq_codel
in the sqm-scripts, with sane defaults and vastly simpler configuration.
CAKE's principal author is Jonathan Morton, with contributions from
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Sebastian Moeller,
Ryan Mounce, Tony Ambardar, Dean Scarff, Nils Andreas Svee, Dave Täht,
and Loganaden Velvindron.
Testing from Pete Heist, Georgios Amanakis, and the many other members of
the cake@lists.bufferbloat.net mailing list.
tc -s qdisc show dev eth2
qdisc cake 8017: root refcnt 2 bandwidth 1Gbit diffserv3 triple-isolate split-gso rtt 100.0ms noatm overhead 38 mpu 84
Sent 51504294511 bytes 37724591 pkt (dropped 6, overlimits 64958695 requeues 12)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 12
memory used: 1053008b of 15140Kb
capacity estimate: 970Mbit
min/max network layer size: 28 / 1500
min/max overhead-adjusted size: 84 / 1538
average network hdr offset: 14
Bulk Best Effort Voice
thresh 62500Kbit 1Gbit 250Mbit
target 5.0ms 5.0ms 5.0ms
interval 100.0ms 100.0ms 100.0ms
pk_delay 5us 5us 6us
av_delay 3us 2us 2us
sp_delay 2us 1us 1us
backlog 0b 0b 0b
pkts 3164050 25030267 9530280
bytes 3227519915 35396974782 12879808898
way_inds 0 8 0
way_miss 21 366 25
way_cols 0 0 0
drops 5 0 1
marks 0 0 0
ack_drop 0 0 0
sp_flows 1 3 0
bk_flows 0 1 1
un_flows 0 0 0
max_len 68130 68130 68130
Tested-by: Pete Heist <peteheist@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Georgios Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kbuild test robot reports:
>> net/sched/act_api.c:71:15: sparse: incorrect type in initializer (different address spaces) @@ expected struct tc_cookie [noderef] <asn:4>*__ret @@ got [noderef] <asn:4>*__ret @@
net/sched/act_api.c:71:15: expected struct tc_cookie [noderef] <asn:4>*__ret
net/sched/act_api.c:71:15: got struct tc_cookie *new_cookie
>> net/sched/act_api.c:71:13: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces) @@ expected struct tc_cookie *old @@ got struct tc_cookie [noderef] <struct tc_cookie *old @@
net/sched/act_api.c:71:13: expected struct tc_cookie *old
net/sched/act_api.c:71:13: got struct tc_cookie [noderef] <asn:4>*[assigned] __ret
>> net/sched/act_api.c:132:48: sparse: dereference of noderef expression
Handle this in the usual way by force casting away the __rcu annotation
when we are using xchg() on it.
Fixes: eec94fdb04 ("net: sched: use rcu for action cookie update")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Act API used linked list to pass set of actions to functions. It is
intrusive data structure that stores list nodes inside action structure
itself, which means it is not safe to modify such list concurrently.
However, action API doesn't use any linked list specific operations on this
set of actions, so it can be safely refactored into plain pointer array.
Refactor action API to use array of pointers to tc_actions instead of
linked list. Change argument 'actions' type of exported action init,
destroy and dump functions.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement function that atomically checks if action exists and either takes
reference to it, or allocates idr slot for action index to prevent
concurrent allocations of actions with same index. Use EBUSY error pointer
to indicate that idr slot is reserved.
Implement cleanup helper function that removes temporary error pointer from
idr. (in case of error between idr allocation and insertion of newly
created action to specified index)
Refactor all action init functions to insert new action to idr using this
API.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change action API to assume that action init function always takes
reference to action, even when overwriting existing action. This is
necessary because action API continues to use action pointer after init
function is done. At this point action becomes accessible for concurrent
modifications, so user must always hold reference to it.
Implement helper put list function to atomically release list of actions
after action API init code is done using them.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return from action init function with reference to action taken,
even when overwriting existing action.
Action init API initializes its fourth argument (pointer to pointer to tc
action) to either existing action with same index or newly created action.
In case of existing index(and bind argument is zero), init function returns
without incrementing action reference counter. Caller of action init then
proceeds working with action, without actually holding reference to it.
This means that action could be deleted concurrently.
Change action init behavior to always take reference to action before
returning successfully, in order to protect from concurrent deletion.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement helper delete function that uses new action ops 'delete', instead
of destroying action directly. This is required so act API could delete
actions by index, without holding any references to action that is being
deleted.
Implement function __tcf_action_put() that releases reference to action and
frees it, if necessary. Refactor action deletion code to use new put
function and not to rely on rtnl lock. Remove rtnl lock assertions that are
no longer needed.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend action ops with 'delete' function. Each action type to implements
its own delete function that doesn't depend on rtnl lock.
Implement delete function that is required to delete actions without
holding rtnl lock. Use action API function that atomically deletes action
only if it is still in action idr. This implementation prevents concurrent
threads from deleting same action twice.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement new action API function that atomically finds and deletes action
from idr by index. Intended to be used by lockless actions that do not rely
on rtnl lock.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without rtnl lock protection it is no longer safe to use pointer to tc
action without holding reference to it. (it can be destroyed concurrently)
Remove unsafe action idr lookup function. Instead of it, implement safe tcf
idr check function that atomically looks up action in idr and increments
its reference and bind counters. Implement both action search and check
using new safe function
Reference taken by idr check is temporal and should not be accounted by
userspace clients (both logically and to preserver current API behavior).
Subtract temporal reference when dumping action to userspace using existing
tca_get_fill function arguments.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional 'rtnl_held' argument to act API init functions. It is
required to implement actions that need to release rtnl lock before loading
kernel module and reacquire if afterwards.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change type of action reference counter to refcount_t.
Change type of action bind counter to atomic_t.
This type is used to allow decrementing bind counter without testing
for 0 result.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement functions to atomically update and free action cookie
using rcu mechanism.
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As support dissecting of QinQ inner and outer vlan headers, user can
add rules to match on QinQ vlan headers.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the encapsulated ethertype is not dumped as it's the same as
TCA_FLOWER_KEY_ETH_TYPE keyvalue. But the dumping result is inconsistent
with input, we add dumping it with TCA_FLOWER_KEY_VLAN_ETH_TYPE.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As flow dissector stores vlan ethertype, tc flower now can match on that.
It is to make preparation for supporting QinQ.
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the socket error queue for reporting dropped packets if the
socket has enabled that feature through the SO_TXTIME API.
Packets are dropped either on enqueue() if they aren't accepted by the
qdisc or on dequeue() if the system misses their deadline. Those are
reported as different errors so applications can react accordingly.
Userspace can retrieve the errors through the socket error queue and the
corresponding cmsg interfaces. A struct sock_extended_err* is used for
returning the error data, and the packet's timestamp can be retrieved by
adding both ee_data and ee_info fields as e.g.:
((__u64) serr->ee_data << 32) + serr->ee_info
This feature is disabled by default and must be explicitly enabled by
applications. Enabling it can bring some overhead for the Tx cycles
of the application.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add infra so etf qdisc supports HW offload of time-based transmission.
For hw offload, the time sorted list is still used, so packets are
dequeued always in order of txtime.
Example:
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 parent root handle 100 mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
$ tc qdisc add dev enp2s0 parent 100:1 etf offload delta 100000 \
clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
In this example, the Qdisc will use HW offload for the control of the
transmission time through the network adapter. The hrtimer used for
packets scheduling inside the qdisc will use the clockid CLOCK_REALTIME
as reference and packets leave the Qdisc "delta" (100000) nanoseconds
before their transmission time. Because this will be using HW offload and
since dynamic clocks are not supported by the hrtimer, the system clock
and the PHC clock must be synchronized for this mode to behave as
expected.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ETF (Earliest TxTime First) qdisc uses the information added
earlier in this series (the socket option SO_TXTIME and the new
role of sk_buff->tstamp) to schedule packets transmission based
on absolute time.
For some workloads, just bandwidth enforcement is not enough, and
precise control of the transmission of packets is necessary.
Example:
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 parent root handle 100 mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
$ tc qdisc add dev enp2s0 parent 100:1 etf delta 100000 \
clockid CLOCK_TAI
In this example, the Qdisc will provide SW best-effort for the control
of the transmission time to the network adapter, the time stamp in the
socket will be in reference to the clockid CLOCK_TAI and packets
will leave the qdisc "delta" (100000) nanoseconds before its transmission
time.
The ETF qdisc will buffer packets sorted by their txtime. It will drop
packets on enqueue() if their skbuff clockid does not match the clock
reference of the Qdisc. Moreover, on dequeue(), a packet will be dropped
if it expires while being enqueued.
The qdisc also supports the SO_TXTIME deadline mode. For this mode, it
will dequeue a packet as soon as possible and change the skb timestamp
to 'now' during etf_dequeue().
Note that both the qdisc's and the SO_TXTIME ABIs allow for a clockid
to be configured, but it's been decided that usage of CLOCK_TAI should
be enforced until we decide to allow for other clockids to be used.
The rationale here is that PTP times are usually in the TAI scale, thus
no other clocks should be necessary. For now, the qdisc will return
EINVAL if any clocks other than CLOCK_TAI are used.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds 'qdisc_watchdog_init_clockid()' that allows a clockid to be
passed, this allows other time references to be used when scheduling
the Qdisc to run.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'keys_ex' is malloced by tcf_pedit_keys_ex_parse() in tcf_pedit_init()
but not all of the error handle path free it, this may cause memory
leak. This patch fix it.
Fixes: 71d0ed7079 ("net/act_pedit: Support using offset relative to the conventional network headers")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new action inheritdsfield copies the field DS of
IPv4 and IPv6 packets into skb->priority. This enables
later classification of packets based on the DS field.
v5:
*Update the drop counter for TC_ACT_SHOT
v4:
*Not allow setting flags other than the expected ones.
*Allow dumping the pure flags.
v3:
*Use optional flags, so that it won't break old versions of tc.
*Allow users to set both SKBEDIT_F_PRIORITY and SKBEDIT_F_INHERITDSFIELD flags.
v2:
*Fix the style issue
*Move the code from skbmod to skbedit
Original idea by Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Qiaobin Fu <qiaobinf@bu.edu>
Reviewed-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting tunnel options using the act_tunnel_key action.
Options are expressed as class:type:data and multiple options
may be listed using a comma delimiter.
# ip link add name geneve0 type geneve dstport 0 external
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
# tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower indev eth0 \
ip_proto udp \
action tunnel_key \
set src_ip 10.0.99.192 \
dst_ip 10.0.99.193 \
dst_port 6081 \
id 11 \
geneve_opts 0102:80:00800022,0102:80:00800022 \
action mirred egress redirect dev geneve0
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extended ack support for the tunnel key action by using NL_SET_ERR_MSG
during validation of user input.
Cc: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Metadata may be NULL for one of two reasons:
* Missing user input
* Failure to allocate the metadata dst
Disambiguate these case by returning -EINVAL for the former and -ENOMEM
for the latter rather than -EINVAL for both cases.
This is in preparation for using extended ack to provide more information
to users when parsing their input.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since char can be unsigned or signed, and bitwise operators may have
implementation-dependent results when performed on signed operands,
declare 'u8 *' operand instead.
Suggested-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change "tc filter pedit .." to "tc actions pedit .." in error
messages to clearly refer to pedit action.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace constant integer with sizeof() to clearly indicate
the destination buffer length in skb_header_pointer() calls.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable _data in include/asm-generic/sections.h defines sections,
this causes sparse warning in pedit:
net/sched/act_pedit.c:293:35: warning: symbol '_data' shadows an earlier one
./include/asm-generic/sections.h:36:13: originally declared here
Therefore rename the variable.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style issues in tc pedit action detected by the
checkpatch script.
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend slotting with support for non-uniform distributions. This is
similar to netem's non-uniform distribution delay feature.
Commit f043efeae2f1 ("netem: support delivering packets in delayed
time slots") added the slotting feature to approximate the behaviors
of media with packet aggregation but only supported a uniform
distribution for delays between transmission attempts. Tests with TCP
BBR with emulated wifi links with non-uniform distributions produced
more useful results.
Syntax:
slot dist DISTRIBUTION DELAY JITTER [packets MAX_PACKETS] \
[bytes MAX_BYTES]
The syntax and use of the distribution table is the same as in the
non-uniform distribution delay feature. A file DISTRIBUTION must be
present in TC_LIB_DIR (e.g. /usr/lib/tc) containing numbers scaled by
NETEM_DIST_SCALE. A random value x is selected from the table and it
takes DELAY + ( x * JITTER ) as delay. Correlation between values is not
supported.
Examples:
Normal distribution delay with mean = 800us and stdev = 100us.
> tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem slot dist normal 800us 100us
Optionally set the max slot size in bytes and/or packets.
> tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem slot dist normal 800us 100us \
bytes 64k packets 42
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call the reoffload tcf_proto_op on all tcf_proto nodes in all chains of a
block when a callback tries to register to a block that already has
offloaded rules. If all existing rules cannot be offloaded then the
registration is rejected. This replaces the previous policy of rejecting
such callback registration outright.
On unregistration of a callback, the rules are flushed for that given cb.
The implementation of block sharing in the NFP driver, for example,
duplicates shared rules to all devs bound to a block. This meant that
rules could still exist in hw even after a device is unbound from a block
(assuming the block still remains active).
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the offload tcf_proto_op in cls_bpf to generate an offload message for
each bpf prog in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified callback with
this new offload message. The function only returns an error if the
callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' prog.
A prog contains a flag to indicate if it is in hardware or not. To
ensure the offload function properly maintains this flag, keep a reference
counter for the number of instances of the prog that are in hardware. Only
update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the offload tcf_proto_op in cls_u32 to generate an offload message for
each filter and the hashtable in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified
callback with this new offload message. The function only returns an error
if the callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' rule.
A filter contains a flag to indicate if it is in hardware or not. To
ensure the offload function properly maintains this flag, keep a reference
counter for the number of instances of the filter that are in hardware.
Only update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the reoffload tcf_proto_op in matchall to generate an offload message
for each filter in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified callback with
this new offload message. The function only returns an error if the
callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' rule.
Ensure matchall flags correctly report if the rule is in hw by keeping a
reference counter for the number of instances of the rule offloaded. Only
update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the reoffload tcf_proto_op in flower to generate an offload message
for each filter in the given tcf_proto. Call the specified callback with
this new offload message. The function only returns an error if the
callback rejects adding a 'hardware only' rule.
A filter contains a flag to indicate if it is in hardware or not. To
ensure the reoffload function properly maintains this flag, keep a
reference counter for the number of instances of the filter that are in
hardware. Only update the flag when this counter changes from or to 0. Add
a generic helper function to implement this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and,
in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload
struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow
netlink logging of fails in the bind process.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit a09ceb0e08 ("sched: remove qdisc->drop"),
it is no longer used.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In update_vf():
cftree_remove(cl);
update_cfmin(cl->cl_parent);
the cl_cfmin of cl->cl_parent is intentionally updated to 0
when that parent only has one child. And if this parent is
root qdisc, we could end up, in hfsc_schedule_watchdog(),
that we can't decide the next schedule time for qdisc watchdog.
But it seems safe that we can just skip it, as this watchdog is
not always scheduled anyway.
Thanks to Marco for testing all the cases, nothing is broken.
Reported-by: Marco Berizzi <pupilla@libero.it>
Tested-by: Marco Berizzi <pupilla@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If flower filter is created without the skip_sw flag, fl_mask_put()
can race with fl_classify() and we can destroy the mask rhashtable
while a lookup operation is accessing it.
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at 00000000000911d1
PGD 0 P4D 0
SMP PTI
CPU: 3 PID: 5582 Comm: vhost-5541 Not tainted 4.18.0-rc1.vanilla+ #1950
Hardware name: Dell Inc. PowerEdge R730/072T6D, BIOS 2.1.7 06/16/2016
RIP: 0010:rht_bucket_nested+0x20/0x60
Code: 31 c8 c1 c1 18 29 c8 c3 66 90 8b 4f 04 ba 01 00 00 00 8b 07 48 8b bf 80 00 00 0
RSP: 0018:ffffafc5cfbb7a48 EFLAGS: 00010206
RAX: 0000000000001978 RBX: ffff9f12dff88a00 RCX: 00000000ffff9f12
RDX: 00000000000911d1 RSI: 0000000000000148 RDI: 0000000000000001
RBP: ffff9f12dff88a00 R08: 000000005f1cc119 R09: 00000000a715fae2
R10: ffffafc5cfbb7aa8 R11: ffff9f1cb4be804e R12: ffff9f1265e13000
R13: 0000000000000000 R14: ffffafc5cfbb7b48 R15: ffff9f12dff88b68
FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff9f1d3f0c0000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00000000000911d1 CR3: 0000001575a94006 CR4: 00000000001626e0
Call Trace:
fl_lookup+0x134/0x140 [cls_flower]
fl_classify+0xf3/0x180 [cls_flower]
tcf_classify+0x78/0x150
__netif_receive_skb_core+0x69e/0xa50
netif_receive_skb_internal+0x42/0xf0
tun_get_user+0xdd5/0xfd0 [tun]
tun_sendmsg+0x52/0x70 [tun]
handle_tx+0x2b3/0x5f0 [vhost_net]
vhost_worker+0xab/0x100 [vhost]
kthread+0xf8/0x130
ret_from_fork+0x35/0x40
Modules linked in: act_mirred act_gact cls_flower vhost_net vhost tap sch_ingress
CR2: 00000000000911d1
Fix the above waiting for a RCU grace period before destroying the
rhashtable: we need to use tcf_queue_work(), as rhashtable_destroy()
must run in process context, as pointed out by Cong Wang.
v1 -> v2: use tcf_queue_work to run rhashtable_destroy().
Fixes: 05cd271fd6 ("cls_flower: Support multiple masks per priority")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
in the following script
# tc actions add action ife encode allow prio pass index 42
# tc actions replace action ife encode allow tcindex drop index 42
the action control should remain equal to 'pass', if the kernel failed
to replace the TC action. Pospone the assignment of the action control,
to ensure it is not overwritten in the error path of tcf_ife_init().
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a recursive lock warning [1] can be observed with the following script,
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow prio pass index 42
IFE type 0xED3E
# $TC actions replace action ife encode allow tcindex pass index 42
in case the kernel was unable to run the last command (e.g. because of
the impossibility to load 'act_meta_skbtcindex'). For a similar reason,
the kernel can leak idr in the error path of tcf_ife_init(), because
tcf_idr_release() is not called after successful idr reservation:
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow tcindex index 47
IFE type 0xED3E
RTNETLINK answers: No such file or directory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# $TC actions add action ife encode allow tcindex index 47
IFE type 0xED3E
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# $TC actions add action ife encode use mark 7 type 0xfefe pass index 47
IFE type 0xFEFE
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
Since tcfa_lock is already taken when the action is being edited, a call
to tcf_idr_release() wrongly makes tcf_idr_cleanup() take the same lock
again. On the other hand, tcf_idr_release() needs to be called in the
error path of tcf_ife_init(), to undo the last tcf_idr_create() invocation.
Fix both problems in tcf_ife_init().
Since the cleanup() routine can now be called when ife->params is NULL,
also add a NULL pointer check to avoid calling kfree_rcu(NULL, rcu).
[1]
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
4.17.0-rc4.kasan+ #417 Tainted: G E
--------------------------------------------
tc/3932 is trying to acquire lock:
000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
but task is already holding lock:
000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf6d/0x13c0 [act_ife]
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock);
lock(&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
2 locks held by tc/3932:
#0: 000000007ca8e990 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf61/0x13c0 [act_ife]
#1: 000000005097c9a6 (&(&p->tcfa_lock)->rlock){+...}, at: tcf_ife_init+0xf6d/0x13c0 [act_ife]
stack backtrace:
CPU: 3 PID: 3932 Comm: tc Tainted: G E 4.17.0-rc4.kasan+ #417
Hardware name: Red Hat KVM, BIOS 0.5.1 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0x9a/0xeb
__lock_acquire+0xf43/0x34a0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? debug_check_no_locks_freed+0x2b0/0x2b0
? __mutex_lock+0x62f/0x1240
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
? lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
? tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0x38/0x70
? tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
tcf_ife_cleanup+0x19/0x80 [act_ife]
__tcf_idr_release+0xff/0x350
tcf_ife_init+0xdde/0x13c0 [act_ife]
? ife_exit_net+0x290/0x290 [act_ife]
? __lock_is_held+0xb4/0x140
tcf_action_init_1+0x67b/0xad0
? tcf_action_dump_old+0xa0/0xa0
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? memset+0x1f/0x40
tcf_action_init+0x30f/0x590
? tcf_action_init_1+0xad0/0xad0
? memset+0x1f/0x40
tc_ctl_action+0x48e/0x5e0
? mutex_lock_io_nested+0x1160/0x1160
? tca_action_gd+0x990/0x990
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x4da/0x990
? validate_linkmsg+0x680/0x680
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
netlink_rcv_skb+0x127/0x350
? validate_linkmsg+0x680/0x680
? netlink_ack+0x970/0x970
? __kmalloc_node_track_caller+0x304/0x3a0
netlink_unicast+0x40f/0x5d0
? netlink_attachskb+0x580/0x580
? _copy_from_iter_full+0x187/0x760
? import_iovec+0x90/0x390
netlink_sendmsg+0x67f/0xb50
? netlink_unicast+0x5d0/0x5d0
? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x206/0x340
? netlink_unicast+0x5d0/0x5d0
sock_sendmsg+0xb3/0xf0
___sys_sendmsg+0x60a/0x8b0
? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x340/0x340
? lock_downgrade+0x5e0/0x5e0
? tty_write_lock+0x18/0x50
? kvm_sched_clock_read+0x1a/0x30
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1d0
? lock_downgrade+0x5e0/0x5e0
? lock_acquire+0x10b/0x330
? __audit_syscall_entry+0x316/0x690
? current_kernel_time64+0x6b/0xd0
? __fget_light+0x55/0x1f0
? __sys_sendmsg+0xd2/0x170
__sys_sendmsg+0xd2/0x170
? __ia32_sys_shutdown+0x70/0x70
? syscall_trace_enter+0x57a/0xd60
? rcu_read_lock_sched_held+0xdc/0x110
? __bpf_trace_sys_enter+0x10/0x10
? do_syscall_64+0x22/0x480
do_syscall_64+0xa5/0x480
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x49/0xbe
RIP: 0033:0x7fd646988ba0
RSP: 002b:00007fffc9fab3c8 EFLAGS: 00000246 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000002e
RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 00007fffc9fab4f0 RCX: 00007fd646988ba0
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 00007fffc9fab440 RDI: 0000000000000003
RBP: 000000005b28c8b3 R08: 0000000000000002 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 00007fffc9faae20 R11: 0000000000000246 R12: 0000000000000000
R13: 00007fffc9fab504 R14: 0000000000000001 R15: 000000000066c100
Fixes: 4e8c861550 ("net sched: net sched: ife action fix late binding")
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When blackhole is used on top of classful qdisc like hfsc it breaks
qlen and backlog counters because packets are disappear without notice.
In HFSC non-zero qlen while all classes are inactive triggers warning:
WARNING: ... at net/sched/sch_hfsc.c:1393 hfsc_dequeue+0xba4/0xe90 [sch_hfsc]
and schedules watchdog work endlessly.
This patch return __NET_XMIT_BYPASS in addition to NET_XMIT_SUCCESS,
this flag tells upper layer: this packet is gone and isn't queued.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use nla_strlcpy() to avoid copying data beyond the length of TCA_DEF_DATA
netlink attribute, in case it is less than SIMP_MAX_DATA and it does not
end with '\0' character.
v2: fix errors in the commit message, thanks Hangbin Liu
Fixes: fa1b1cff3d ("net_cls_act: Make act_simple use of netlink policy.")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add Maglev hashing scheduler to IPVS, from Inju Song.
2) Lots of new TC subsystem tests from Roman Mashak.
3) Add TCP zero copy receive and fix delayed acks and autotuning with
SO_RCVLOWAT, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add XDP_REDIRECT support to mlx5 driver, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
5) Add ttl inherit support to vxlan, from Hangbin Liu.
6) Properly separate ipv6 routes into their logically independant
components. fib6_info for the routing table, and fib6_nh for sets of
nexthops, which thus can be shared. From David Ahern.
7) Add bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper, which can be used to generate ICMP
messages from XDP programs. From Nikita V. Shirokov.
8) Lots of long overdue cleanups to the r8169 driver, from Heiner
Kallweit.
9) Add BTF ("BPF Type Format"), from Martin KaFai Lau.
10) Add traffic condition monitoring to iwlwifi, from Luca Coelho.
11) Plumb extack down into fib_rules, from Roopa Prabhu.
12) Add Flower classifier offload support to igb, from Vinicius Costa
Gomes.
13) Add UDP GSO support, from Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add documentation for eBPF helpers, from Quentin Monnet.
15) Add TLS tx offload to mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
16) Allow applications to be given the number of bytes available to read
on a socket via a control message returned from recvmsg(), from
Soheil Hassas Yeganeh.
17) Add x86_32 eBPF JIT compiler, from Wang YanQing.
18) Add AF_XDP sockets, with zerocopy support infrastructure as well.
From Björn Töpel.
19) Remove indirect load support from all of the BPF JITs and handle
these operations in the verifier by translating them into native BPF
instead. From Daniel Borkmann.
20) Add GRO support to ipv6 gre tunnels, from Eran Ben Elisha.
21) Allow XDP programs to do lookups in the main kernel routing tables
for forwarding. From David Ahern.
22) Allow drivers to store hardware state into an ELF section of kernel
dump vmcore files, and use it in cxgb4. From Rahul Lakkireddy.
23) Various RACK and loss detection improvements in TCP, from Yuchung
Cheng.
24) Add TCP SACK compression, from Eric Dumazet.
25) Add User Mode Helper support and basic bpfilter infrastructure, from
Alexei Starovoitov.
26) Support ports and protocol values in RTM_GETROUTE, from Roopa
Prabhu.
27) Support bulking in ->ndo_xdp_xmit() API, from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
28) Add lots of forwarding selftests, from Petr Machata.
29) Add generic network device failover driver, from Sridhar Samudrala.
* ra.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1959 commits)
strparser: Add __strp_unpause and use it in ktls.
rxrpc: Fix terminal retransmission connection ID to include the channel
net: hns3: Optimize PF CMDQ interrupt switching process
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox receiving unknown message
net: hns3: Fix for VF mailbox cannot receiving PF response
bnx2x: use the right constant
Revert "net: sched: cls: Fix offloading when ingress dev is vxlan"
net: dsa: b53: Fix for brcm tag issue in Cygnus SoC
enic: fix UDP rss bits
netdev-FAQ: clarify DaveM's position for stable backports
rtnetlink: validate attributes in do_setlink()
mlxsw: Add extack messages for port_{un, }split failures
netdevsim: Add extack error message for devlink reload
devlink: Add extack to reload and port_{un, }split operations
net: metrics: add proper netlink validation
ipmr: fix error path when ipmr_new_table fails
ip6mr: only set ip6mr_table from setsockopt when ip6mr_new_table succeeds
net: hns3: remove unused hclgevf_cfg_func_mta_filter
netfilter: provide udp*_lib_lookup for nf_tproxy
qed*: Utilize FW 8.37.2.0
...
This reverts commit d96a43c664.
This potentially breaks things, so reverting as per
request by Jakub Kicinski.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using a vxlan device as the ingress dev, we count it as a
"no offload dev", so when such a rule comes and err stop is true,
we fail early and don't try the egdev route which can offload it
through the egress device.
Fix that by not calling the block offload if one of the devices
attached to it is not offload capable, but make sure egress on such case
is capable instead.
Fixes: caa7260156 ("net: sched: keep track of offloaded filters [..]")
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If requested tcf proto is not found, get and del filter netlink protocol
handlers output error message to extack, but do not return actual error
code. Add check to return ENOENT when result of tp find function is NULL
pointer.
Fixes: c431f89b18 ("net: sched: split tc_ctl_tfilter into three handlers")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We incorrectly compare the mask and the result is that we can't modify
an already existing rule.
Fix that by comparing correctly.
Fixes: 05cd271fd6 ("cls_flower: Support multiple masks per priority")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When destroying the instance, destroy the head rhashtable.
Fixes: 05cd271fd6 ("cls_flower: Support multiple masks per priority")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Filling in the padding slot in the bpf structure as a bug fix in 'ne'
overlapped with actually using that padding area for something in
'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_ctl_tfilter handles three netlink message types: RTM_NEWTFILTER,
RTM_DELTFILTER, RTM_GETTFILTER. However, implementation of this function
involves a lot of branching on specific message type because most of the
code is message-specific. This significantly complicates adding new
functionality and doesn't provide much benefit of code reuse.
Split tc_ctl_tfilter to three standalone functions that handle filter new,
delete and get requests.
The only truly protocol independent part of tc_ctl_tfilter is code that
looks up queue, class, and block. Refactor this code to standalone
tcf_block_find function that is used by all three new handlers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we fail to modify a rule, we incorrectly release the idr handle
of the unmodified old rule.
Fix that by checking if we need to release it.
Fixes: fe2502e49b ("net_sched: remove cls_flower idr on failure")
Reported-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking netif_xmit_frozen_or_stopped() at the end of sch_direct_xmit()
is being bypassed. This is because "ret" from sch_direct_xmit() will be
either NETDEV_TX_OK or NETDEV_TX_BUSY, and only ret == NETDEV_TX_OK == 0
will reach the condition:
if (ret && netif_xmit_frozen_or_stopped(txq))
return false;
This patch cleans up the code by removing the whole condition.
For more discussion about this, please refer to
https://marc.info/?t=152727195700008
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MQ doesn't hold any statistics on its own, however, statistic
from offloads are requested starting from the root, hence MQ
will read the old values for its sums. Call into the drivers,
because of the additive nature of the stats drivers are aware
of how much "pending updates" they have to children of the MQ.
Since MQ reset its stats on every dump we can simply offset
the stats, predicting how stats of offloaded children will
change.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mq offload is trivial, we just need to let the device know
that the root qdisc is mq. Alternative approach would be
to export qdisc_lookup() and make drivers check the root
type themselves, but notification via ndo_setup_tc is more
in line with other qdiscs.
Note that mq doesn't hold any stats on it's own, it just
adds up stats of its children.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05f0fe6b74 ("RCU, workqueue: Implement rcu_work") introduces
new API's for dispatching work in a RCU callback. Now we can just
switch to the new API's for tc filters. This could get rid of a lot
of code.
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dealing with ingress rule on a netdev, if we did fine through the
conventional path, there's no need to continue into the egdev route,
and we can stop right there.
Not doing so may cause a 2nd rule to be added by the cls api layer
with the ingress being the egdev.
For example, under sriov switchdev scheme, a user rule of VFR A --> VFR B
will end up with two HW rules (1) VF A --> VF B and (2) uplink --> VF B
Fixes: 208c0f4b52 ('net: sched: use tc_setup_cb_call to call per-block callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial net_device implementation used ingress_lock spinlock to synchronize
ingress path of device. This lock was used in both process and bh context.
In some code paths action map lock was obtained while holding ingress_lock.
Commit e1e992e52f ("[NET_SCHED] protect action config/dump from irqs")
modified actions to always disable bh, while using action map lock, in
order to prevent deadlock on ingress_lock in softirq. This lock was removed
from net_device, so disabling bh, while accessing action map, is no longer
necessary.
Replace all action idr spinlock usage with regular calls that do not
disable bh.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
S390 bpf_jit.S is removed in net-next and had changes in 'net',
since that code isn't used any more take the removal.
TLS data structures split the TX and RX components in 'net-next',
put the new struct members from the bug fix in 'net' into the RX
part.
The 'net-next' tree had some reworking of how the ERSPAN code works in
the GRE tunneling code, overlapping with a one-line headroom
calculation fix in 'net'.
Overlapping changes in __sock_map_ctx_update_elem(), keep the bits
that read the prog members via READ_ONCE() into local variables
before using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the previous patch, for NOLOCK qdiscs, q->seqlock is
always held when the dequeue() is invoked, we can drop
any additional locking to protect such operation.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we can use lockdep on it.
The newly introduced sequence lock has the same scope of busylock,
so it shares the same lockdep annotation, but it's only used for
NOLOCK qdiscs.
With this changeset we acquire such lock in the control path around
flushing operation (qdisc reset), to allow more NOLOCK qdisc perf
improvement in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to what was done with commit a52956dfc5 ("net sched actions:
fix refcnt leak in skbmod"), fix the error path of tcf_vlan_init() to avoid
refcnt leaks when wrong value of TCA_VLAN_PUSH_VLAN_PROTOCOL is given.
Fixes: 5026c9b1ba ("net sched: vlan action fix late binding")
CC: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently NOLOCK qdiscs pay a measurable overhead to atomically
manipulate the __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING. Such bit is flipped twice per
packet in the uncontended scenario with packet rate below the
line rate: on packed dequeue and on the next, failing dequeue attempt.
This changeset moves the bit manipulation into the qdisc_run_{begin,end}
helpers, so that the bit is now flipped only once per packet, with
measurable performance improvement in the uncontended scenario.
This also allows simplifying the qdisc teardown code path - since
qdisc_is_running() is now effective for each qdisc type - and avoid a
possible race between qdisc_run() and dev_deactivate_many(), as now
the some_qdisc_is_busy() can properly detect NOLOCK qdiscs being busy
dequeuing packets.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Variants of proc_create{,_data} that directly take a seq_file show
callback and drastically reduces the boilerplate code in the callers.
All trivial callers converted over.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When application fails to pass flags in netlink TLV when replacing
existing skbmod action, the kernel will leak refcnt:
$ tc actions get action skbmod index 1
total acts 0
action order 0: skbmod pipe set smac 00:11:22:33:44:55
index 1 ref 1 bind 0
For example, at this point a buggy application replaces the action with
index 1 with new smac 00:aa:22:33:44:55, it fails because of zero flags,
however refcnt gets bumped:
$ tc actions get actions skbmod index 1
total acts 0
action order 0: skbmod pipe set smac 00:11:22:33:44:55
index 1 ref 2 bind 0
$
Tha patch fixes this by calling tcf_idr_release() on existing actions.
Fixes: 86da71b573 ("net_sched: Introduce skbmod action")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case modules are not configured, error out when tp->ops is null
and prevent later null pointer dereference.
Fixes: 33a48927c1 ("sched: push TC filter protocol creation into a separate function")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Normally, a socket can not be freed/reused unless all its TX packets
left qdisc and were TX-completed. However connect(AF_UNSPEC) allows
this to happen.
With commit fc59d5bdf1 ("pkt_sched: fq: clear time_next_packet for
reused flows") we cleared f->time_next_packet but took no special
action if the flow was still in the throttled rb-tree.
Since f->time_next_packet is the key used in the rb-tree searches,
blindly clearing it might break rb-tree integrity. We need to make
sure the flow is no longer in the rb-tree to avoid this problem.
Fixes: fc59d5bdf1 ("pkt_sched: fq: clear time_next_packet for reused flows")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently flower doesn't support inserting filters with different masks
on a single priority, even if the actual flows (key + mask) inserted
aren't overlapping, as with the use case of offloading openvswitch
datapath flows. Instead one must go up one level, and assign different
priorities for each mask, which will create a different flower
instances.
This patch opens flower to support more than one mask per priority,
and a single flower instance. It does so by adding another hash table
on top of the existing one which will store the different masks,
and the filters that share it.
The user is left with the responsibility of ensuring non overlapping
flows, otherwise precedence is not guaranteed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is currently no handling to check on a invalid tlv length. This
patch adds such handling to avoid killing the kernel with a malformed
ife packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to record stats for received metadata that we dont know how
to process. Have find_decode_metaid() return -ENOENT to capture this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we delete a u32 key via u32_delete_key(), we forget to
call idr_remove() to remove its handle from IDR.
Fixes: e7614370d6 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate u32 filter handles")
Reported-by: Marcin Kabiesz <admin@hostcenter.eu>
Tested-by: Marcin Kabiesz <admin@hostcenter.eu>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move messages emitting out of sch_tree_lock to avoid holding
this lock too long.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <lirongqing@baidu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Synchronous pernet_operations are not allowed anymore.
All are asynchronous. So, drop the structure member.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes a bug in the tcf_dump_walker function that can cause some actions
to not be reported when dumping a large number of actions. This issue
became more aggrevated when cookies feature was added. In particular
this issue is manifest when large cookie values are assigned to the
actions and when enough actions are created that the resulting table
must be dumped in multiple batches.
The number of actions returned in each batch is limited by the total
number of actions and the memory buffer size. With small cookies
the numeric limit is reached before the buffer size limit, which avoids
the code path triggering this bug. When large cookies are used buffer
fills before the numeric limit, and the erroneous code path is hit.
For example after creating 32 csum actions with the cookie
aaaabbbbccccdddd
$ tc actions ls action csum
total acts 26
action order 0: csum (tcp) action continue
index 1 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
.....
action order 25: csum (tcp) action continue
index 26 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
total acts 6
action order 0: csum (tcp) action continue
index 28 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
......
action order 5: csum (tcp) action continue
index 32 ref 1 bind 0
cookie aaaabbbbccccdddd
Note that the action with index 27 is omitted from the report.
Fixes: 4b3550ef53 ("[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_nest_start/nla_nest_end")"
Signed-off-by: Craig Dillabaugh <cdillaba@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the qdisc lock was dropped in pfifo_fast we allow multiple
enqueue threads and dequeue threads to run in parallel. On the
enqueue side the skb bit ooo_okay is used to ensure all related
skbs are enqueued in-order. On the dequeue side though there is
no similar logic. What we observe is with fewer queues than CPUs
it is possible to re-order packets when two instances of
__qdisc_run() are running in parallel. Each thread will dequeue
a skb and then whichever thread calls the ndo op first will
be sent on the wire. This doesn't typically happen because
qdisc_run() is usually triggered by the same core that did the
enqueue. However, drivers will trigger __netif_schedule()
when queues are transitioning from stopped to awake using the
netif_tx_wake_* APIs. When this happens netif_schedule() calls
qdisc_run() on the same CPU that did the netif_tx_wake_* which
is usually done in the interrupt completion context. This CPU
is selected with the irq affinity which is unrelated to the
enqueue operations.
To resolve this we add a RUNNING bit to the qdisc to ensure
only a single dequeue per qdisc is running. Enqueue and dequeue
operations can still run in parallel and also on multi queue
NICs we can still have a dequeue in-flight per qdisc, which
is typically per CPU.
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use u16 in place of __be16 to suppress the following sparse warnings:
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: expected restricted __be16 [usertype] push_vid
net/sched/act_vlan.c:150:26: got unsigned short
net/sched/act_vlan.c:151:21: warning: restricted __be16 degrades to integer
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] tcfv_push_vid
net/sched/act_vlan.c:208:26: got restricted __be16 [usertype] push_vid
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_idr_cleanup() is no more used, so remove it.
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fun set of conflict resolutions here...
For the mac80211 stuff, these were fortunately just parallel
adds. Trivially resolved.
In drivers/net/phy/phy.c we had a bug fix in 'net' that moved the
function phy_disable_interrupts() earlier in the file, whilst in
'net-next' the phy_error() call from this function was removed.
In net/ipv4/xfrm4_policy.c, David Ahern's changes to remove the
'rt_table_id' member of rtable collided with a bug fix in 'net' that
added a new struct member "rt_mtu_locked" which needs to be copied
over here.
The mlxsw driver conflict consisted of net-next separating
the span code and definitions into separate files, whilst
a 'net' bug fix made some changes to that moved code.
The mlx5 infiniband conflict resolution was quite non-trivial,
the RDMA tree's merge commit was used as a guide here, and
here are their notes:
====================
Due to bug fixes found by the syzkaller bot and taken into the for-rc
branch after development for the 4.17 merge window had already started
being taken into the for-next branch, there were fairly non-trivial
merge issues that would need to be resolved between the for-rc branch
and the for-next branch. This merge resolves those conflicts and
provides a unified base upon which ongoing development for 4.17 can
be based.
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/main.c - Commit 42cea83f95
(IB/mlx5: Fix cleanup order on unload) added to for-rc and
commit b5ca15ad7e (IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support)
add as part of the devel cycle both needed to modify the
init/de-init functions used by mlx5. To support the new
representors, the new functions added by the cleanup patch
needed to be made non-static, and the init/de-init list
added by the representors patch needed to be modified to
match the init/de-init list changes made by the cleanup
patch.
Updates:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/mlx5_ib.h - Update function
prototypes added by representors patch to reflect new function
names as changed by cleanup patch
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/ib_rep.c - Update init/de-init
stage list to match new order from cleanup patch
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_skbmod_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, every subsequent attempt to configure skbmod rules
using the same idr value will systematically fail with -ENOSPC, unless
the first attempt was done using the 'replace' keyword:
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in tcf_skbmod_init(), ensuring that tcf_idr_release() is called
on the error path when the idr has been reserved, but not yet inserted.
Also, don't test 'ovr' in the error path, to avoid a 'replace' failure
implicitly become a 'delete' that leaks refcount in act_skbmod module:
# rmmod act_skbmod; modprobe act_skbmod
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac index 100
# tc action add action skbmod swap mac continue index 100
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action replace action skbmod swap mac continue index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action list action skbmod
#
# rmmod act_skbmod
rmmod: ERROR: Module act_skbmod is in use
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_vlan_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, every subsequent attempt to configure vlan rules using
the same idr value will systematically fail with -ENOSPC, unless the first
attempt was done using the 'replace' keyword.
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action vlan pop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in tcf_vlan_init(), ensuring that tcf_idr_release() is called on
the error path when the idr has been reserved, but not yet inserted. Also,
don't test 'ovr' in the error path, to avoid a 'replace' failure implicitly
become a 'delete' that leaks refcount in act_vlan module:
# rmmod act_vlan; modprobe act_vlan
# tc action add action vlan push id 5 index 100
# tc action replace action vlan push id 7 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action list action vlan
#
# rmmod act_vlan
rmmod: ERROR: Module act_vlan is in use
Fixes: 4c5b9d9642 ("act_vlan: VLAN action rewrite to use RCU lock/unlock and update")
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__tcf_ipt_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully reserved.
When this happens, subsequent attempts to configure xt/ipt rules using
the same idr value systematically fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
Command "(null)" is unknown, try "tc actions help".
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
Command "(null)" is unknown, try "tc actions help".
# tc action add action xt -j LOG --log-prefix test1 index 100
tablename: mangle hook: NF_IP_POST_ROUTING
target: LOG level warning prefix "test1" index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of __tcf_ipt_init(), calling tcf_idr_release()
in place of tcf_idr_cleanup(). Since tcf_ipt_release() can now be called
when tcfi_t is NULL, we also need to protect calls to ipt_destroy_target()
to avoid NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_pedit_init() can fail to allocate 'keys' after the idr has been
successfully reserved. When this happens, subsequent attempts to configure
a pedit rule using the same idr value systematically fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action pedit munge ip ttl set 63 index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_act_pedit_init(), calling
tcf_idr_release() in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_act_police_init() can fail after the idr has been successfully
reserved (e.g., qdisc_get_rtab() may return NULL). When this happens,
subsequent attempts to configure a police rule using the same idr value
systematiclly fail with -ENOSPC:
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action police rate 1000 burst 1000 drop index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_act_police_init(), calling
tcf_idr_release() in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if the kernel fails to duplicate 'sdata', creation of a new action fails
with -ENOMEM. However, subsequent attempts to install the same action
using the same value of 'index' systematically fail with -ENOSPC, and
that value of 'index' will no more be usable by act_simple, until rmmod /
insmod of act_simple.ko is done:
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
# tc actions list action simple
action order 0: Simple <hello>
index 100 ref 1 bind 0
# tc actions flush action simple
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Cannot allocate memory
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc actions flush action simple
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc actions add action simple sdata hello index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
...
Fix this in the error path of tcf_simp_init(), calling tcf_idr_release()
in place of tcf_idr_cleanup().
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when the following command sequence is entered
# tc action add action bpf bytecode '4,40 0 0 12,31 0 1 2048,6 0 0 262144,6 0 0 0' index 100
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
We have an error talking to the kernel
# tc action add action bpf bytecode '4,40 0 0 12,21 0 1 2048,6 0 0 262144,6 0 0 0' index 100
RTNETLINK answers: No space left on device
We have an error talking to the kernel
act_bpf correctly refuses to install the first TC rule, because 31 is not
a valid instruction. However, it refuses to install the second TC rule,
even if the BPF code is correct. Furthermore, it's no more possible to
install any other rule having the same value of 'index' until act_bpf
module is unloaded/inserted again. After the idr has been reserved, call
tcf_idr_release() instead of tcf_idr_cleanup(), to fix this issue.
Fixes: 65a206c01e ("net/sched: Change act_api and act_xxx modules to use IDR")
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzbot reported one use-after-free in pfifo_fast_enqueue() [1]
Issue here is that we can not reuse skb after a successful skb_array_produce()
since another cpu might have consumed it already.
I believe a similar problem exists in try_bulk_dequeue_skb_slow()
in case we put an skb into qdisc_enqueue_skb_bad_txq() for lockless qdisc.
[1]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in qdisc_pkt_len include/net/sch_generic.h:610 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in qdisc_qstats_cpu_backlog_inc include/net/sch_generic.h:712 [inline]
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in pfifo_fast_enqueue+0x4bc/0x5e0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:639
Read of size 4 at addr ffff8801cede37e8 by task syzkaller717588/5543
CPU: 1 PID: 5543 Comm: syzkaller717588 Not tainted 4.16.0-rc4+ #265
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:17 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x24d lib/dump_stack.c:53
print_address_description+0x73/0x250 mm/kasan/report.c:256
kasan_report_error mm/kasan/report.c:354 [inline]
kasan_report+0x23c/0x360 mm/kasan/report.c:412
__asan_report_load4_noabort+0x14/0x20 mm/kasan/report.c:432
qdisc_pkt_len include/net/sch_generic.h:610 [inline]
qdisc_qstats_cpu_backlog_inc include/net/sch_generic.h:712 [inline]
pfifo_fast_enqueue+0x4bc/0x5e0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:639
__dev_xmit_skb net/core/dev.c:3216 [inline]
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: syzbot+ed43b6903ab968b16f54@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As well as the basic conversion, I noticed that a lot of the
SCTP code checks gso_type without first checking skb_is_gso()
so I have added that where appropriate.
Also, document the helper.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce routines to calculate size of the shared tc netlink attributes
and the full message size including netlink header and tc service header.
Update add/delete action logic to have the size for event messages,
the size is passed to tcf_add_notify() and tcf_del_notify() where the
notification message is being allocated and constructed.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new function argument to carry total attributes size for
correct allocation of skb in event messages.
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting firstfrag as matching option in tc flower classifier.
# tc filter add dev eth0 protocol ip parent ffff: \
flower indev eth0 \
ip_flags firstfrag
action mirred egress redirect dev eth1
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we exceed current packets limit and we have more than one
segment in the list returned by skb_gso_segment(), netem drops
only the first one, skipping the rest, hence kmemleak reports:
unreferenced object 0xffff880b5d23b600 (size 1024):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4384527763 (age 2770.629s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 80 23 5d 0b 88 ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ..#]............
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<00000000d8a19b9d>] __alloc_skb+0xc9/0x520
[<000000001709b32f>] skb_segment+0x8c8/0x3710
[<00000000c7b9bb88>] tcp_gso_segment+0x331/0x1830
[<00000000c921cba1>] inet_gso_segment+0x476/0x1370
[<000000008b762dd4>] skb_mac_gso_segment+0x1f9/0x510
[<000000002182660a>] __skb_gso_segment+0x1dd/0x620
[<00000000412651b9>] netem_enqueue+0x1536/0x2590 [sch_netem]
[<0000000005d3b2a9>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x1167/0x2120
[<00000000fc5f7327>] ip_finish_output2+0x998/0xf00
[<00000000d309e9d3>] ip_output+0x1aa/0x2c0
[<000000007ecbd3a4>] tcp_transmit_skb+0x18db/0x3670
[<0000000042d2a45f>] tcp_write_xmit+0x4d4/0x58c0
[<0000000056a44199>] tcp_tasklet_func+0x3d9/0x540
[<0000000013d06d02>] tasklet_action+0x1ca/0x250
[<00000000fcde0b8b>] __do_softirq+0x1b4/0x5a3
[<00000000e7ed027c>] irq_exit+0x1e2/0x210
Fix it by adding the rest of the segments, if any, to skb 'to_free'
list. Add new __qdisc_drop_all() and qdisc_drop_all() functions
because they can be useful in the future if we need to drop segmented
GSO packets in other places.
Fixes: 6071bd1aa1 ("netem: Segment GSO packets on enqueue")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
In net/core/devlink.c, we have to make care that the
resouce size_params have become a struct member rather
than a pointer to such an object.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf_enqueue() checks the size of a packet before enqueuing it.
However, the GSO size check does not consider the GSO_BY_FRAGS
case, and so will drop GSO SCTP packets, causing a massive drop
in throughput.
Use skb_gso_validate_mac_len() instead, as it does consider that
case.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload sch_prio graft command for capable drivers.
Warn in case of a failure, unless the graft was done as part of a destroy
operation (the new qdisc is a noop) or if all the qdiscs (the parent, the
old child, and the new one) are not offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the number the bands of sch_prio is decreased, child qdiscs on the
deleted bands would get deleted as well.
This change and deletions are being done under sch_tree_lock of the
sch_prio qdisc. Part of the destruction of qdisc is unoffloading it, if
it is offloaded. Un-offloading can't be done inside this lock.
Move the offload command to be done before reducing the number of bands,
so unoffloading of the qdiscs that are about to be deleted could be done
outside of the lock.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offloaded qdiscs are allowed to expose only parts of their statistics.
It means that if backlog is being exposed and qlen is not, it might trigger
a warning in qdisc_tree_reduce_backlog.
Do not warn in case the qdisc that was removed was an offloaded one.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These pernet_operations are from net/sched directory, and they call only
tc_action_net_init() and tc_action_net_exit():
bpf_net_ops
connmark_net_ops
csum_net_ops
gact_net_ops
ife_net_ops
ipt_net_ops
xt_net_ops
mirred_net_ops
nat_net_ops
pedit_net_ops
police_net_ops
sample_net_ops
simp_net_ops
skbedit_net_ops
skbmod_net_ops
tunnel_key_net_ops
vlan_net_ops
1)tc_action_net_init() just allocates and initializes per-net memory.
2)There should not be in-flight packets at the time of tc_action_net_exit()
call, or another pernet_operations send packets to dying net (except
netlink). So, it seems they can be marked as async.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These pernet_operations make pretty simple actions
like variable initialization on init, debug checks
on exit, and so on, and they obviously are able
to be executed in parallel with any others:
vrf_net_ops
lockd_net_ops
grace_net_ops
xfrm6_tunnel_net_ops
kcm_net_ops
tcf_net_ops
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit a new tc ematch for using netfilter xtable matches.
This allows early classification as well as mirroning/redirecting traffic
based on logic implemented in netfilter extensions.
Current supported use case is classification based on the incoming IPSec
state used during decpsulation using the 'policy' iptables extension
(xt_policy).
The module dynamically fetches the netfilter match module and calls
it using a fake xt_action_param structure based on validated userspace
provided parameters.
As the xt_policy match does not access skb->data, no skb modifications
are needed on match.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, if the filter was too large to fit in the allocated skb, the
kernel did not return any error and stopped dumping. Modify the dumper
so that it returns -EMSGSIZE when a filter fails to dump and it is the
first filter in the skb. If we are not first, we will get a next chance
with more room.
I understand this is pretty near to being an API change, but the
original design (silent truncation) can be considered a bug.
Note: The error case can happen pretty easily if you create a filter
with 32 actions and have 4kb pages. Also recent versions of iproute try
to be clever with their buffer allocation size, which in turn leads to
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for TC mirred action.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for a common used TC act function
"tcf_generic_walker()" to add an extack message on failures.
The tcf_generic_walker() function can fail if get a invalid command
different than DEL and GET. The naming "action" here is wrong, the
correct naming would be command.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act walker callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act lookup callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for act init callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific act
implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic act handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack to tcf_action_init and tcf_action_init_1
functions. These are necessary to make individual extack handling in
each act implementation.
Based on work by David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is used by subsequent patches. It fixes code style issues
caught by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tca_action_flush() calls the action walk() and gets an error,
a successful call to nla_nest_start() is not followed by a call to
nla_nest_cancel(). It's harmless, as the skb is freed in the error
path - but it's worth to fix this unbalance.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offending commit wrongly assumes 1:1 mapping between block and q.
However, there are multiple blocks for a single q for classful qdiscs.
Since the obscure tc_u_common sharing mechanism expects it to be shared
among a qdisc, fix it by storing q pointer in case the block is not
shared.
Reported-by: Paweł Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is pointless to set block->q for block which are shared among
multiple qdiscs. So remove the assignment in that case. Do a bit of code
reshuffle to make block->index initialized at that point so we can use
tcf_block_shared() helper.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Fixes: 4861738775 ("net: sched: introduce shared filter blocks infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
psched_net_ops only creates and destroyes /proc entry,
and safe to be executed in parallel with any foreigh
pernet_operations.
tcf_action_net_ops initializes and destructs tcf_action_net::egdev_ht,
which is not touched by foreign pernet_operations.
So, make them async.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Tkhai <ktkhai@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Make allocations less aggressive in x_tables, from Minchal Hocko.
2) Fix netfilter flowtable Kconfig deps, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
3) Fix connection loss problems in rtlwifi, from Larry Finger.
4) Correct DRAM dump length for some chips in ath10k driver, from Yu
Wang.
5) Fix ABORT handling in rxrpc, from David Howells.
6) Add SPDX tags to Sun networking drivers, from Shannon Nelson.
7) Some ipv6 onlink handling fixes, from David Ahern.
8) Netem packet scheduler interval calcualtion fix from Md. Islam.
9) Don't put crypto buffers on-stack in rxrpc, from David Howells.
10) Fix handling of error non-delivery status in netlink multicast
delivery over multiple namespaces, from Nicolas Dichtel.
11) Missing xdp flush in tuntap driver, from Jason Wang.
12) Synchonize RDS protocol netns/module teardown with rds object
management, from Sowini Varadhan.
13) Add nospec annotations to mpls, from Dan Williams.
14) Fix SKB truesize handling in TIPC, from Hoang Le.
15) Interrupt masking fixes in stammc from Niklas Cassel.
16) Don't allow ptr_ring objects to be sized outside of kmalloc's
limits, from Jason Wang.
17) Don't allow SCTP chunks to be built which will have a length
exceeding the chunk header's 16-bit length field, from Alexey
Kodanev.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (82 commits)
ibmvnic: Remove skb->protocol checks in ibmvnic_xmit
bpf: fix rlimit in reuseport net selftest
sctp: verify size of a new chunk in _sctp_make_chunk()
s390/qeth: fix SETIP command handling
s390/qeth: fix underestimated count of buffer elements
ptr_ring: try vmalloc() when kmalloc() fails
ptr_ring: fail early if queue occupies more than KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE
net: stmmac: remove redundant enable of PMT irq
net: stmmac: rename GMAC_INT_DEFAULT_MASK for dwmac4
net: stmmac: discard disabled flags in interrupt status register
ibmvnic: Reset long term map ID counter
tools/libbpf: handle issues with bpf ELF objects containing .eh_frames
selftests/bpf: add selftest that use test_libbpf_open
selftests/bpf: add test program for loading BPF ELF files
tools/libbpf: improve the pr_debug statements to contain section numbers
bpf: Sync kernel ABI header with tooling header for bpf_common.h
net: phy: fix phy_start to consider PHY_IGNORE_INTERRUPT
net: thunder: change q_len's type to handle max ring size
tipc: fix skb truesize/datasize ratio control
net/sched: cls_u32: fix cls_u32 on filter replace
...
Pull idr updates from Matthew Wilcox:
- test-suite improvements
- replace the extended API by improving the normal API
- performance improvement for IDRs which are 1-based rather than
0-based
- add documentation
* 'idr-2018-02-06' of git://git.infradead.org/users/willy/linux-dax:
idr: Add documentation
idr: Make 1-based IDRs more efficient
idr: Warn if old iterators see large IDs
idr: Rename idr_for_each_entry_ext
idr: Remove idr_alloc_ext
cls_u32: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
cls_u32: Reinstate cyclic allocation
cls_flower: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
cls_bpf: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
cls_basic: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
cls_api: Convert to idr_alloc_u32
net sched actions: Convert to use idr_alloc_u32
idr: Add idr_alloc_u32 helper
idr: Delete idr_find_ext function
idr: Delete idr_replace_ext function
idr: Delete idr_remove_ext function
IDR test suite: Check handling negative end correctly
idr test suite: Fix ida_test_random()
radix tree test suite: Remove ARRAY_SIZE
The following sequence is currently broken:
# tc qdisc add dev foo ingress
# tc filter replace dev foo protocol all ingress \
u32 match u8 0 0 action mirred egress mirror dev bar1
# tc filter replace dev foo protocol all ingress \
handle 800::800 pref 49152 \
u32 match u8 0 0 action mirred egress mirror dev bar2
Error: cls_u32: Key node flags do not match passed flags.
We have an error talking to the kernel, -1
The error comes from u32_change() when comparing new and
existing flags. The existing ones always contains one of
TCA_CLS_FLAGS_{,NOT}_IN_HW flag depending on offloading state.
These flags cannot be passed from userspace so the condition
(n->flags != flags) in u32_change() always fails.
Fix the condition so the flags TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW and
TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW are not taken into account.
Fixes: 24d3dc6d27 ("net/sched: cls_u32: Reflect HW offload status")
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In Kernel 4.15.0+, Netem does not work properly.
Netem setup:
tc qdisc add dev h1-eth0 root handle 1: netem delay 10ms 2ms
Result:
PING 172.16.101.2 (172.16.101.2) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=22.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=10.9 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=10.9 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=5 ttl=64 time=11.4 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=6 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=4303 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=10 ttl=64 time=11.2 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=11 ttl=64 time=10.3 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=7 ttl=64 time=4304 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=8 ttl=64 time=4303 ms
Patch:
(rnd % (2 * sigma)) - sigma was overflowing s32. After applying the
patch, I found following output which is desirable.
PING 172.16.101.2 (172.16.101.2) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=21.1 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=8.46 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=9.00 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=5 ttl=64 time=8.36 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=6 ttl=64 time=11.8 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=7 ttl=64 time=8.11 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=8 ttl=64 time=10.0 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=9 ttl=64 time=11.3 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=10 ttl=64 time=11.5 ms
64 bytes from 172.16.101.2: icmp_seq=11 ttl=64 time=10.2 ms
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most places in the kernel that we need to distinguish functions by the
type of their arguments, we use '_ul' as a suffix for the unsigned long
variant, not '_ext'. Also add kernel-doc.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
No real benefit to this classifier, but since we're allocating a u32
anyway, we should use this function.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Commit e7614370d6 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate u32 filter handles)
converted htid allocation to use the IDR. The ID allocated by this
scheme changes; it used to be cyclic, but now always allocates the
lowest available. The IDR supports cyclic allocation, so just use
the right function.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Use the new helper. Also untangle the error path, and in so doing
noticed that estimator generator failure would lead to us leaking an
ID. Fix that bug.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Changing idr_replace's 'id' argument to 'unsigned long' works for all
callers. Callers which passed a negative ID now get -ENOENT instead of
-EINVAL. No callers relied on this error value.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Li Shuang reported an Oops with cls_u32 due to an use-after-free
in u32_destroy_key(). The use-after-free can be triggered with:
dev=lo
tc qdisc add dev $dev root handle 1: htb default 10
tc filter add dev $dev parent 1: prio 5 handle 1: protocol ip u32 divisor 256
tc filter add dev $dev protocol ip parent 1: prio 5 u32 ht 800:: match ip dst\
10.0.0.0/8 hashkey mask 0x0000ff00 at 16 link 1:
tc qdisc del dev $dev root
Which causes the following kasan splat:
==================================================================
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
Read of size 4 at addr ffff881b83dae618 by task kworker/u48:5/571
CPU: 17 PID: 571 Comm: kworker/u48:5 Not tainted 4.15.0+ #87
Hardware name: Dell Inc. PowerEdge R730/072T6D, BIOS 2.1.7 06/16/2016
Workqueue: tc_filter_workqueue u32_delete_key_freepf_work [cls_u32]
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0xd6/0x182
? dma_virt_map_sg+0x22e/0x22e
print_address_description+0x73/0x290
kasan_report+0x277/0x360
? u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
u32_destroy_key.constprop.21+0x117/0x140 [cls_u32]
u32_delete_key_freepf_work+0x1c/0x30 [cls_u32]
process_one_work+0xae0/0x1c80
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? pwq_dec_nr_in_flight+0x3c0/0x3c0
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x381/0x570
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? finish_task_switch+0x1e5/0x760
? finish_task_switch+0x208/0x760
? preempt_notifier_dec+0x20/0x20
? __schedule+0x839/0x1ee0
? check_noncircular+0x20/0x20
? firmware_map_remove+0x73/0x73
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1c0
? worker_thread+0x434/0x1820
? lock_contended+0xee0/0xee0
? lock_release+0x1100/0x1100
? init_rescuer.part.16+0x150/0x150
? retint_kernel+0x10/0x10
worker_thread+0x216/0x1820
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
? lock_acquire+0x1a5/0x540
? lock_downgrade+0x6b0/0x6b0
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? lock_release+0x1100/0x1100
? compat_start_thread+0x80/0x80
? do_raw_spin_trylock+0x190/0x190
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x381/0x570
? _raw_spin_unlock_irq+0x29/0x40
? finish_task_switch+0x1e5/0x760
? finish_task_switch+0x208/0x760
? preempt_notifier_dec+0x20/0x20
? __schedule+0x839/0x1ee0
? kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x143/0x320
? firmware_map_remove+0x73/0x73
? sched_clock+0x5/0x10
? sched_clock_cpu+0x18/0x170
? find_held_lock+0x39/0x1c0
? schedule+0xf3/0x3b0
? lock_downgrade+0x6b0/0x6b0
? __schedule+0x1ee0/0x1ee0
? do_wait_intr_irq+0x340/0x340
? do_raw_spin_trylock+0x190/0x190
? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x32/0x60
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
? process_one_work+0x1c80/0x1c80
kthread+0x312/0x3d0
? kthread_create_worker_on_cpu+0xc0/0xc0
ret_from_fork+0x3a/0x50
Allocated by task 1688:
kasan_kmalloc+0xa0/0xd0
__kmalloc+0x162/0x380
u32_change+0x1220/0x3c9e [cls_u32]
tc_ctl_tfilter+0x1ba6/0x2f80
rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x4f0/0x9d0
netlink_rcv_skb+0x124/0x320
netlink_unicast+0x430/0x600
netlink_sendmsg+0x8fa/0xd60
sock_sendmsg+0xb1/0xe0
___sys_sendmsg+0x678/0x980
__sys_sendmsg+0xc4/0x210
do_syscall_64+0x232/0x7f0
return_from_SYSCALL_64+0x0/0x75
Freed by task 112:
kasan_slab_free+0x71/0xc0
kfree+0x114/0x320
rcu_process_callbacks+0xc3f/0x1600
__do_softirq+0x2bf/0xc06
The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff881b83dae600
which belongs to the cache kmalloc-4096 of size 4096
The buggy address is located 24 bytes inside of
4096-byte region [ffff881b83dae600, ffff881b83daf600)
The buggy address belongs to the page:
page:ffffea006e0f6a00 count:1 mapcount:0 mapping: (null) index:0x0 compound_mapcount: 0
flags: 0x17ffffc0008100(slab|head)
raw: 0017ffffc0008100 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000100070007
raw: dead000000000100 dead000000000200 ffff880187c0e600 0000000000000000
page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
Memory state around the buggy address:
ffff881b83dae500: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
ffff881b83dae580: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
>ffff881b83dae600: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
^
ffff881b83dae680: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
ffff881b83dae700: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
==================================================================
The problem is that the htnode is freed before the linked knodes and the
latter will try to access the first at u32_destroy_key() time.
This change addresses the issue using the htnode refcnt to guarantee
the correct free order. While at it also add a RCU annotation,
to keep sparse happy.
v1 -> v2: use rtnl_derefence() instead of RCU read locks
v2 -> v3:
- don't check refcnt in u32_destroy_hnode()
- cleaned-up u32_destroy() implementation
- cleaned-up code comment
v3 -> v4:
- dropped unneeded comment
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Fixes: c0d378ef12 ("net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in u32 filter")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a couple of points of the control path, n->ht_down is currently
accessed without the required RCU annotation. The accesses are
safe, but sparse complaints. Since we already held the
rtnl lock, let use rtnl_dereference().
Fixes: a1b7c5fd7f ("net: sched: add cls_u32 offload hooks for netdevs")
Fixes: de5df63228 ("net: sched: cls_u32 changes to knode must appear atomic to readers")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you take a GSO skb, and split it into packets, will the MAC
length (L2 + L3 + L4 headers + payload) of those packets be small
enough to fit within a given length?
Move skb_gso_mac_seglen() to skbuff.h with other related functions
like skb_gso_network_seglen() so we can use it, and then create
skb_gso_validate_mac_len to do the full calculation.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Blank help texts are probably either a typo, a Kconfig misunderstanding,
or some kind of half-committing to adding a help text (in which case a
TODO comment would be clearer, if the help text really can't be added
right away).
Best to remove them, IMO.
Signed-off-by: Ulf Magnusson <ulfalizer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pfifo_fast used to drop based on qdisc_dev(qdisc)->tx_queue_len,
so we have to resize skb array when we change tx_queue_len.
Other qdiscs which read tx_queue_len are fine because they
all save it to sch->limit or somewhere else in qdisc during init.
They don't have to implement this, it is nicer if they do so
that users don't have to re-configure qdisc after changing
tx_queue_len.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new qdisc ops ->change_tx_queue_len() so that
each qdisc could decide how to implement this if it wants.
Previously we simply read dev->tx_queue_len, after pfifo_fast
switches to skb array, we need this API to resize the skb array
when we change dev->tx_queue_len.
To avoid handling race conditions with TX BH, we need to
deactivate all TX queues before change the value and bring them
back after we are done, this also makes implementation easier.
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw. hnodes need to
hold onto the flags now to be able to reuse them
on filter removal.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter. Don't pass
extack from error paths.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack on removal of offloaded filter.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass offload flags to the new implementation of
tc_cls_common_offload_init(). Extack will now only
be set if user requested skip_sw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf now guarantees that only device-bound programs are
allowed with skip_sw. The drivers no longer pay attention to
flags on filter load, therefore the bpf_offload member can be
removed. If flags are needed again they should probably be
added to struct tc_cls_common_offload instead.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the tc_cls_common_offload_init() helper function to
tc_cls_common_offload_init_deprecated() and add a new implementation
which also takes flags argument. We will only set extack if flags
indicate that offload is forced (skip_sw) otherwise driver errors
should be ignored, as they don't influence the overall filter
installation.
Note that we need the tc_skip_hw() helper for new version, therefore
it is added later in the file.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate extack to cls->destroy callbacks when called from
non-error paths. On error paths pass NULL to avoid overwriting
the failure message.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'ptr' is shifted by the offset and then validated,
the memcmp should not add it a second time.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Bumiller <w.bumiller@proxmox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use RCU instead of spin_{,unlock}_bh() to protect concurrent read/write on
act_csum configuration, to reduce the effects of contention in the data
path when multiple readers are present.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use per-CPU counters, like other TC actions do, instead of maintaining one
set of stats across all cores. This allows updating act_csum stats without
the need of protecting them using spin_{,un}lock_bh() invocations.
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack support for hardware offload of classifiers. In order
to achieve this, a pointer to a struct netlink_ext_ack is added to the
struct tc_cls_common_offload that is passed to the callback for setting
up the classifier. Function tc_cls_common_offload_init() is updated to
support initialization of this new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the extack pointer obtained in the `->change()` filter operation to
cls_bpf_offload() and then to cls_bpf_offload_cmd(). This makes it
possible to use this extack pointer in drivers offloading BPF programs
in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_u32. This makes it
possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_matchall. This makes
it possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Propagate the extack pointer from the `->change()` classifier operation
to the function used for filter replacement in cls_flower. This makes it
possible to use netlink extack messages in the future at replacement
time for this filter, although it is not used at this point.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose the number of times the link has been going UP or DOWN, and
update the "carrier_changes" counter to be the sum of these two events.
While at it, also update the sysfs-class-net documentation to cover:
carrier_changes (3.15), carrier_up_count (4.16) and carrier_down_count
(4.16)
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
[Florian:
* rebase
* add documentation
* merge carrier_changes with up/down counters]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BPF verifier conflict was some minor contextual issue.
The TUN conflict was less trivial. Cong Wang fixed a memory leak of
tfile->tx_array in 'net'. This is an skb_array. But meanwhile in
net-next tun changed tfile->tx_arry into tfile->tx_ring which is a
ptr_ring.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the u32 classifier as example for
delete and init callback.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack handling for the tcf_change_indev function which
is common used by TC classifier implementations.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier delete callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tcf_exts_validate function calls the act api change callback. For
preparing extack support for act api, this patch adds the extack as
parameter for this function which is common used in cls implementations.
Furthermore the tcf_exts_validate will call action init callback which
prepares the TC action subsystem for extack support.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for classifier change callback api. This
prepares to handle extack support inside each specific classifier
implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic cls handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes some code style issues pointed out by checkpatch
inside the TC cls subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.4.4 has problems witn anon union initializers. Work around this.
net/sched/sch_prio.c: In function 'prio_dump_offload':
net/sched/sch_prio.c:260: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_prio.c:260: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_prio.c:261: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_prio.c:261: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
Fixes: 7fdb61b44c ("net: sch: prio: Add offload ability to PRIO qdisc")
Cc: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tcm->tcm_ifindex == TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK, parent is still passed
down but the value is never used. Compiler does not recognize it and
issues a warning. Silence it down initializing parent to 0.
Fixes: 7960d1daf2 ("net: sched: use block index as a handle instead of qdisc when block is shared")
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running the following sequence is currently broken:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc filter replace dev foo ingress prio 1 handle 1 bpf da obj bar.o
# tc filter replace dev foo ingress prio 1 handle 1 bpf da obj bar.o
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
The normal expectation on kernel side is that the second command
succeeds replacing the existing program. However, what happens is
in cls_bpf_change(), we bail out with err in the second run in
cls_bpf_offload(). The EINVAL comes directly in cls_bpf_offload()
when comparing prog vs oldprog's gen_flags. In case of above
replace the new prog's gen_flags are 0, but the old ones are 8,
which means TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW is set (e.g. drivers not having
cls_bpf offload).
Fix 102740bd94 ("cls_bpf: fix offload assumptions after callback
conversion") in the following way: gen_flags from user space passed
down via netlink cannot include status flags like TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW
or TCA_CLS_FLAGS_NOT_IN_HW as opposed to oldprog that we previously
loaded. Therefore, it doesn't make any sense to include them in the
gen_flags comparison with the new prog before we even attempt to
offload. Thus, lets fix this before 4.15 goes out.
Fixes: 102740bd94 ("cls_bpf: fix offload assumptions after callback conversion")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the previously introduced shared filter blocks
infrastructure and allow ingress and clsact qdisc instances to share
filter blocks. The block index is coming from userspace as qdisc option.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce two new attributes to be used for qdisc creation and dumping.
One for ingress block, one for egress block. Introduce a set of ops that
qdisc which supports block sharing would implement.
Passing block indexes in qdisc change is not supported yet and it is
checked and forbidded.
In future, these attributes are to be reused for specifying block
indexes for classes as well. As of this moment however, it is not
supported so a check is in place to forbid it.
Suggested-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the tcm_ifindex with value TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK is invalid ifindex,
use it to indicate that we work with block, instead of qdisc.
So if tcm_ifindex is set to TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK, tcm_parent is used
to carry block_index.
If the block is set to be shared between at least 2 qdiscs, it is
forbidden to use the qdisc handle to add/delete filters. In that case,
userspace has to pass block_index.
Also, for dump of the filters, in case the block is shared in between at
least 2 qdiscs, the each filter is dumped with tcm_ifindex value
TCM_IFINDEX_MAGIC_BLOCK and tcm_parent set to block_index. That gives
the user clear indication, that the filter belongs to a shared block
and not only to one qdisc under which it is dumped.
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During block bind, we need to check tc offload feature. If it is
disabled yet still the block contains offloaded filters, forbid the
bind. Also forbid to register callback for a block that already
contains offloaded filters, as the play back is not supported now.
For keeping track of offloaded filters there is a new counter
introduced, alongside with couple of helpers called from cls_* code.
These helpers set and clear TCA_CLS_FLAGS_IN_HW flag.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both are no longer used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple of classifiers call netif_keep_dst directly on q->dev. That is
not possible to do directly for shared blocke where multiple qdiscs are
owning the block. So introduce a infrastructure to keep track of the
block owners in list and use this list to implement block variant of
netif_keep_dst.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use block index in the messages instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow qdiscs to share filter blocks among them. Each qdisc type has to
use block get/put extended modifications that enable sharing.
Shared blocks are tracked within each net namespace and identified
by u32 index. This index is passed from user during the qdisc creation.
If user passes index that is not used by any other qdisc, new block
is created. If user passes index that is already used, the existing
block will be re-used.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, there was possible only to register a single filter chain
pointer to block->chain[0]. However, when the blocks will get shareable,
we need to allow multiple filter chain pointers registration.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 0dfb33a0d7 ("sch_red: report backlog information") copied
child's backlog into RED's backlog. Back then RED did not maintain
its own backlog counts. This has changed after commit 2ccccf5fb4
("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too") and commit d7f4f332f0
("sch_red: update backlog as well"). Copying is no longer necessary.
Tested:
$ tc -s qdisc show dev veth0
qdisc red 1: root refcnt 2 limit 400000b min 30000b max 30000b ecn
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
marked 0 early 0 pdrop 0 other 0
qdisc tbf 2: parent 1: rate 1Kbit burst 15000b lat 3585.0s
Sent 20942 bytes 221 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 138 requeues 0)
backlog 1260b 14p requeues 14
Recently RED offload was added. We need to make sure drivers don't
depend on resetting the stats. This means backlog should be treated
like any other statistic:
total_stat = new_hw_stat - prev_hw_stat;
Adjust mlxsw.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on fixing another bug, I ran into the following panic
on arm64 by simply attaching clsact qdisc, adding a filter and running
traffic on ingress to it:
[...]
[ 178.188591] Unable to handle kernel read from unreadable memory at virtual address 810fb501f000
[ 178.197314] Mem abort info:
[ 178.200121] ESR = 0x96000004
[ 178.203168] Exception class = DABT (current EL), IL = 32 bits
[ 178.209095] SET = 0, FnV = 0
[ 178.212157] EA = 0, S1PTW = 0
[ 178.215288] Data abort info:
[ 178.218175] ISV = 0, ISS = 0x00000004
[ 178.222019] CM = 0, WnR = 0
[ 178.224997] user pgtable: 4k pages, 48-bit VAs, pgd = 0000000023cb3f33
[ 178.231531] [0000810fb501f000] *pgd=0000000000000000
[ 178.236508] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] SMP
[...]
[ 178.311855] CPU: 73 PID: 2497 Comm: ping Tainted: G W 4.15.0-rc7+ #5
[ 178.319413] Hardware name: FOXCONN R2-1221R-A4/C2U4N_MB, BIOS G31FB18A 03/31/2017
[ 178.326887] pstate: 60400005 (nZCv daif +PAN -UAO)
[ 178.331685] pc : __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.336728] lr : __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.341161] sp : ffff00002344b750
[ 178.344465] x29: ffff00002344b750 x28: ffff810fbdfd0580
[ 178.349769] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffff000009378000
[...]
[ 178.418715] x1 : 0000000000000054 x0 : 0000000000000000
[ 178.424020] Process ping (pid: 2497, stack limit = 0x000000009f0a3ff4)
[ 178.430537] Call trace:
[ 178.432976] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x49c/0xac8
[ 178.437670] __netif_receive_skb+0x28/0x78
[ 178.441757] process_backlog+0x9c/0x160
[ 178.445584] net_rx_action+0x2f8/0x3f0
[...]
Reason is that sch_ingress and sch_clsact are doing mini_qdisc_pair_init()
which sets up miniq pointers to cpu_{b,q}stats from the underlying qdisc.
Problem is that this cannot work since they are actually set up right after
the qdisc ->init() callback in qdisc_create(), so first packet going into
sch_handle_ingress() tries to call mini_qdisc_bstats_cpu_update() and we
therefore panic.
In order to fix this, allocation of {b,q}stats needs to happen before we
call into ->init(). In net-next, there's already such option through commit
d59f5ffa59 ("net: sched: a dflt qdisc may be used with per cpu stats").
However, the bug needs to be fixed in net still for 4.15. Thus, include
these bits to reduce any merge churn and reuse the static_flags field to
set TCQ_F_CPUSTATS, and remove the allocation from qdisc_create() since
there is no other user left. Prashant Bhole ran into the same issue but
for net-next, thus adding him below as well as co-author. Same issue was
also reported by Sandipan Das when using bcc.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath")
Reference: https://lists.iovisor.org/pipermail/iovisor-dev/2018-January/001190.html
Reported-by: Sandipan Das <sandipan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Co-authored-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Co-authored-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc has been ignoring struct file_operations::owner field for 10 years.
Specifically, it started with commit 786d7e1612
("Fix rmmod/read/write races in /proc entries"). Notice the chunk where
inode->i_fop is initialized with proxy struct file_operations for
regular files:
- if (de->proc_fops)
- inode->i_fop = de->proc_fops;
+ if (de->proc_fops) {
+ if (S_ISREG(inode->i_mode))
+ inode->i_fop = &proc_reg_file_ops;
+ else
+ inode->i_fop = de->proc_fops;
+ }
VFS stopped pinning module at this point.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload PRIO qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are three commands for PRIO offloading:
* TC_PRIO_REPLACE: handles set and tune
* TC_PRIO_DESTROY: handles qdisc destroy
* TC_PRIO_STATS: updates the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
Like RED qdisc, the indication of whether PRIO is being offloaded is being
set and updated as part of the dump function. It is so because the driver
could decide to offload or not based on the qdisc parent, which could
change without notifying the qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the value of the xstats requested from the driver for offloaded RED
to be incremental, like the normal stats.
It increases consistency - if a qdisc stops being offloaded its xstats
don't change.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dev_requeue_skb() is called with bulked skb list, only the
first skb of the list will be requeued to qdisc layer, and leak
the others without free them.
TCP is broken due to skb leak since no free skb will be considered
as still in the host queue and never be retransmitted. This happend
when dev_requeue_skb() called from qdisc_restart().
qdisc_restart
|-- dequeue_skb
|-- sch_direct_xmit()
|-- dev_requeue_skb() <-- skb may bluked
Fix dev_requeue_skb() to requeue the full bluked list. Also change
to use __skb_queue_tail() in __dev_requeue_skb() to avoid skb out
of order.
Fixes: a53851e2c3 ("net: sched: explicit locking in gso_cpu fallback")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update lastuse to to the most updated value between what
is already set and the new value.
If HW matching fails, i.e. because of an issue, the stats are not updated
but it could be that software did match and updated lastuse.
Fixes: 5712bf9c5c ("net/sched: act_mirred: Use passed lastuse argument")
Fixes: 9fea47d93b ("net/sched: act_gact: Update statistics when offloaded to hardware")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the check of the offload state to after the qdisc dump action was
called, so the qdisc could update it if it was changed.
Fixes: 7a4fa29106 ("net: sched: Add TCA_HW_OFFLOAD")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the offload flag, TCQ_F_OFFLOADED, in each dump call (and ignore
the offloading function return value in relation to this flag).
This is done because a qdisc is being initialized, and therefore offloaded
before being grafted. Since the ability of the driver to offload the qdisc
depends on its location, a qdisc can be offloaded and un-offloaded by graft
calls, that doesn't effect the qdisc itself.
Fixes: 428a68af3a ("net: sched: Move to new offload indication in RED"
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv6/ip6_gre.c is a case of parallel adds.
include/trace/events/tcp.h is a little bit more tricky. The removal
of in-trace-macro ifdefs in 'net' paralleled with moving
show_tcp_state_name and friends over to include/trace/events/sock.h
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the qdisc is not found here, it is going to be created. Therefore,
this is not an error path. Remove the extack message set and don't
confuse user with error message in case the qdisc was created
successfully.
Fixes: 0921559811 ("net: sched: sch_api: handle generic qdisc errors")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-12-22
1) Separate ESP handling from segmentation for GRO packets.
This unifies the IPsec GSO and non GSO codepath.
2) Add asynchronous callbacks for xfrm on layer 2. This
adds the necessary infrastructure to core networking.
3) Allow to use the layer2 IPsec GSO codepath for software
crypto, all infrastructure is there now.
4) Also allow IPsec GSO with software crypto for local sockets.
5) Don't require synchronous crypto fallback on IPsec offloading,
it is not needed anymore.
6) Check for xdo_dev_state_free and only call it if implemented.
From Shannon Nelson.
7) Check for the required add and delete functions when a driver
registers xdo_dev_ops. From Shannon Nelson.
8) Define xfrmdev_ops only with offload config.
From Shannon Nelson.
9) Update the xfrm stats documentation.
From Shannon Nelson.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check block for being null in both tcf_block_put and
tcf_block_put_ext.
Fixes: 343723dd51 ("net: sched: fix clsact init error path")
Reported-by: Prashant Bhole <bhole_prashant_q7@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu_barrier_bh() in mini_qdisc_pair_swap() is to wait for
flying RCU callback installed by a previous mini_qdisc_pair_swap(),
however we miss it on the tp_head==NULL path, which leads to that
the RCU callback still uses miniq_old->rcu after it is freed together
with qdisc in qdisc_graft(). So just add it on that path too.
Fixes: 46209401f8 ("net: core: introduce mini_Qdisc and eliminate usage of tp->q for clsact fastpath ")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of overlapping changes. Also on the net-next side
the XDP state management is handled more in the generic
layers so undo the 'net' nfp fix which isn't applicable
in net-next.
Include a necessary change by Jakub Kicinski, with log message:
====================
cls_bpf no longer takes care of offload tracking. Make sure
netdevsim performs necessary checks. This fixes a warning
caused by TC trying to remove a filter it has not added.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the drr qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the cbs qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the cbq qdisc implementation by
adding NL_SET_ERR_MSG in validation of user input.
Also it serves to illustrate a use case of how the infrastructure ops
api changes are to be used by individual qdiscs.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_create_dflt which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_create_dflt failed. The function qdisc_create_dflt
will also call an init callback which can fail by any per-qdisc specific
handling.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_alloc which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_alloc failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function tcf_block_get which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why tcf_block_get failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for the function qdisc_get_rtab which is
a common used function in the tc subsystem. Callers which are interested
in the receiving error can assign extack to get a more detailed
information why qdisc_get_rtab failed.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for graft callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for block callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for class change callback api. This prepares
to handle extack support inside each specific class implementation.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for change callback for qdisc ops
structtur to prepare per-qdisc specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for init callback to prepare per-qdisc
specific changes for extack.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds extack support for generic qdisc handling. The extack
will be set deeper to each called function which is not part of netdev
core api.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes mostly how to check on null pointer.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_bpf used to take care of tracking what offload state a filter
is in, i.e. it would track if offload request succeeded or not.
This information would then be used to issue correct requests to
the driver, e.g. requests for statistics only on offloaded filters,
removing only filters which were offloaded, using add instead of
replace if previous filter was not added etc.
This tracking of offload state no longer functions with the new
callback infrastructure. There could be multiple entities trying
to offload the same filter.
Throw out all the tracking and corresponding commands and simply
pass to the drivers both old and new bpf program. Drivers will
have to deal with offload state tracking by themselves.
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements asynchronous crypto callbacks
and a backlog handler that can be used when IPsec
is done at layer 2 in the TX path. It also extends
the skb validate functions so that we can update
the driver transmit return codes based on async
crypto operation or to indicate that we queued the
packet in a backlog queue.
Joint work with: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
First, the check of &q->ring.queue against NULL is wrong, it
is always false. We should check the value rather than the address.
Secondly, we need the same check in pfifo_fast_reset() too,
as both ->reset() and ->destroy() are called in qdisc_destroy().
Fixes: c5ad119fb6 ("net: sched: pfifo_fast use skb_array")
Reported-by: syzbot <syzkaller@googlegroups.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three sets of overlapping changes, two in the packet scheduler
and one in the meson-gxl PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move static key increments to the beginning of the init function
so they pair 1:1 with decrements in ingress/clsact_destroy,
which is called in case ingress/clsact_init fails.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since in qdisc_create, the destroy op is called when init fails, we
don't do cleanup in init and leave it up to destroy.
This fixes use-after-free when trying to put already freed block.
Fixes: 6e40cf2d4d ("net: sched: use extended variants of block_get/put in ingress and clsact qdiscs")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let RED utilize the new internal flag, TCQ_F_OFFLOADED,
to mark a given qdisc as offloaded instead of using a dedicated
indication.
Also, change internal logic into looking at said flag when possible.
Fixes: 602f3baf22 ("net_sch: red: Add offload ability to RED qdisc")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Qdiscs can be offloaded to HW, but current implementation isn't uniform.
Instead, qdiscs either pass information about offload status via their
TCA_OPTIONS or omit it altogether.
Introduce a new attribute - TCA_HW_OFFLOAD that would form a uniform
uAPI for the offloading status of qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now hold RTNL lock in tc_action_net_exit(), it is good to
batch them to speedup tc action dismantle.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These duplicate includes have been found with scripts/checkincludes.pl but
they have been removed manually to avoid removing false positives.
Signed-off-by: Pravin Shedge <pravin.shedge4linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the block is freed with last chain being put, once we reach the
end of iteration of list_for_each_entry_safe, the block may be
already freed. I'm hitting this only by creating and deleting clsact:
[ 202.171952] ==================================================================
[ 202.180182] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.187590] Read of size 8 at addr ffff880225539a80 by task tc/796
[ 202.194508]
[ 202.196185] CPU: 0 PID: 796 Comm: tc Not tainted 4.15.0-rc2jiri+ #5
[ 202.203200] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. "MSN2100-CB2F"/"SA001017", BIOS 5.6.5 06/07/2016
[ 202.213613] Call Trace:
[ 202.216369] dump_stack+0xda/0x169
[ 202.220192] ? dma_virt_map_sg+0x147/0x147
[ 202.224790] ? show_regs_print_info+0x54/0x54
[ 202.229691] ? tcf_chain_destroy+0x1dc/0x250
[ 202.234494] print_address_description+0x83/0x3d0
[ 202.239781] ? tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.244575] kasan_report+0x1ba/0x460
[ 202.248707] ? tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.253518] tcf_block_put_ext+0x240/0x390
[ 202.258117] ? tcf_chain_flush+0x290/0x290
[ 202.262708] ? qdisc_hash_del+0x82/0x1a0
[ 202.267111] ? qdisc_hash_add+0x50/0x50
[ 202.271411] ? __lock_is_held+0x5f/0x1a0
[ 202.275843] clsact_destroy+0x3d/0x80 [sch_ingress]
[ 202.281323] qdisc_destroy+0xcb/0x240
[ 202.285445] qdisc_graft+0x216/0x7b0
[ 202.289497] tc_get_qdisc+0x260/0x560
Fix this by holding the block also by chain 0 and put chain 0
explicitly, out of the list_for_each_entry_safe loop at the very
end of tcf_block_put_ext.
Fixes: efbf789739 ("net_sched: get rid of rcu_barrier() in tcf_block_put_ext()")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This converts the pfifo_fast qdisc to use the skb_array data structure
and set the lockless qdisc bit. pfifo_fast is the first qdisc to support
the lockless bit that can be a child of a qdisc requiring locking. So
we add logic to clear the lock bit on initialization in these cases when
the qdisc graft operation occurs.
This also removes the logic used to pick the next band to dequeue from
and instead just checks a per priority array for packets from top priority
to lowest. This might need to be a bit more clever but seems to work
for now.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sch_mqprio qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sch_mq qdisc creates a sub-qdisc per tx queue which are then
called independently for enqueue and dequeue operations. However
statistics are aggregated and pushed up to the "master" qdisc.
This patch adds support for any of the sub-qdiscs to be per cpu
statistic qdiscs. To handle this case add a check when calculating
stats and aggregate the per cpu stats if needed.
Also exports __gnet_stats_copy_queue() to use as a helper function.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qdisc qlen helper routines for lockless qdiscs to use.
The qdisc qlen is no longer used in the hotpath but it is reported
via stats query on the qdisc so it still needs to be tracked. This
adds the per cpu operations needed along with a helper to return
the summation of per cpu stats.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I can not think of any reason to pull the bad txq skb off the qdisc if
the txq we plan to send this on is still frozen. So check for frozen
queue first and abort before dequeuing either skb_bad_txq skb or
normal qdisc dequeue() skb.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to how gso is handled use skb list for skb_bad_tx this is
required with lockless qdiscs because we may have multiple cores
attempting to push skbs into skb_bad_tx concurrently
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In qdisc_graft_qdisc a "new" qdisc is attached and the 'qdisc_destroy'
operation is called on the old qdisc. The destroy operation will wait
a rcu grace period and call qdisc_rcu_free(). At which point
gso_cpu_skb is free'd along with all stats so no need to zero stats
and gso_cpu_skb from the graft operation itself.
Further after dropping the qdisc locks we can not continue to call
qdisc_reset before waiting an rcu grace period so that the qdisc is
detached from all cpus. By removing the qdisc_reset() here we get
the correct property of waiting an rcu grace period and letting the
qdisc_destroy operation clean up the qdisc correctly.
Note, a refcnt greater than 1 would cause the destroy operation to
be aborted however if this ever happened the reference to the qdisc
would be lost and we would have a memory leak.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is preparing the qdisc layer to support egress lockless
qdiscs. If we are running the egress qdisc lockless in the case we
overrun the netdev, for whatever reason, the netdev returns a busy
error code and the skb is parked on the gso_skb pointer. With many
cores all hitting this case at once its possible to have multiple
sk_buffs here so we turn gso_skb into a queue.
This should be the edge case and if we see this frequently then
the netdev/qdisc layer needs to back off.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable dflt qdisc support for per cpu stats before this patch a dflt
qdisc was required to use the global statistics qstats and bstats.
This adds a static flags field to qdisc_ops that is propagated
into qdisc->flags in qdisc allocate call. This allows the allocation
block to completely allocate the qdisc object so we don't have
dangling allocations after qdisc init.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sch_direct_xmit() uses qdisc_qlen as a return value but all call sites
of the routine only check if it is zero or not. Simplify the logic so
that we don't need to return an actual queue length value.
This introduces a case now where sch_direct_xmit would have returned
a qlen of zero but now it returns true. However in this case all
call sites of sch_direct_xmit will implement a dequeue() and get
a null skb and abort. This trades tracking qlen in the hotpath for
an extra dequeue operation. Overall this seems to be good for
performance.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a flag for queueing disciplines to indicate the stack
does not need to use the qdisc lock to protect operations. This can
be used to build lockless scheduling algorithms and improving
performance.
The flag is checked in the tx path and the qdisc lock is only taken
if it is not set. For now use a conditional if statement. Later we
could be more aggressive if it proves worthwhile and use a static key
or wrap this in a likely().
Also the lockless case drops the TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS logic. The reason
for this is synchronizing a qlen counter across threads proves to
cost more than doing the enqueue/dequeue operations when tested with
pktgen.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently __qdisc_run calls qdisc_run_end() but does not call
qdisc_run_begin(). This makes it hard to track pairs of
qdisc_run_{begin,end} across function calls.
To simplify reading these code paths this patch moves begin/end calls
into qdisc_run().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macvlan devices are similar to vlans and do not update their
own trans_start. In order for arp monitoring to work for a bond device
when the slaves are macvlans, obtain its real device.
Signed-off-by: Chris Dion <christopher.dion@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions are no longer freed in RCU callbacks and we should
always have RTNL lock, so this spinlock is no longer needed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcfm_dev always points to the correct netdev and we already
hold a refcnt, so no need to use tcfm_ifindex to lookup again.
If we would support moving target netdev across netns, using
pointer would be better than ifindex.
This also fixes dumping obsolete ifindex, now after the
target device is gone we just dump 0 as ifindex.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No one actually uses it.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following checkpatch error:
ERROR: do not use assignment in if condition
by rearranging the if condition to execute init callback only if init
callback exists. The whole setup afterwards is called in any case,
doesn't matter if init callback is set or not. This patch has the same
behaviour as before, just without assign err variable in if condition.
It also makes the code easier to read.
Reviewed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix checkpatch issues for upcomming patches according to the
sched api file. It changes checking on null pointer, remove unnecessary
brackets, add variable names for parameters and adjust 80 char width.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both Eric and Paolo noticed the rcu_barrier() we use in
tcf_block_put_ext() could be a performance bottleneck when
we have a lot of tc classes.
Paolo provided the following to demonstrate the issue:
tc qdisc add dev lo root htb
for I in `seq 1 1000`; do
tc class add dev lo parent 1: classid 1:$I htb rate 100kbit
tc qdisc add dev lo parent 1:$I handle $((I + 1)): htb
for J in `seq 1 10`; do
tc filter add dev lo parent $((I + 1)): u32 match ip src 1.1.1.$J
done
done
time tc qdisc del dev root
real 0m54.764s
user 0m0.023s
sys 0m0.000s
The rcu_barrier() there is to ensure we free the block after all chains
are gone, that is, to queue tcf_block_put_final() at the tail of workqueue.
We can achieve this ordering requirement by refcnt'ing tcf block instead,
that is, the tcf block is freed only when the last chain in this block is
gone. This also simplifies the code.
Paolo reported after this patch we get:
real 0m0.017s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.017s
Tested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the qmin & qmax values doesn't overflow for the given Wlog value.
Check that qmin <= qmax.
Fixes: a783474591 ("[PKT_SCHED]: Generic RED layer")
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info to outside of the main flow dissection
function, __skb_flow_dissect(). The sole user of this feature, the flower
classifier, is updated to call tunnel info dissection directly, using
skb_flow_dissect_tunnel_info().
This results in a slightly less complex implementation of
__skb_flow_dissect(), in particular removing logic from that call path
which is not used by the majority of users. The expense of this is borne by
the flower classifier which now has to make an extra call for tunnel info
dissection.
This patch should not result in any behavioural change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu"),
TC actions don't need to respect RCU grace period, because it
is either just detached from tc filter (standalone case) or
it is removed together with tc filter (bound case) in which case
RCU grace period is already respected at filter layer.
Fixes: 5c5670fae4 ("net/sched: Introduce sample tc action")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
q->link.block is not initialized, that leads to EINVAL when one tries to
add filter there. So initialize it properly.
This can be reproduced by:
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: cbq avpkt 1000 rate 1000Mbit bandwidth 1000Mbit
$ tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1: protocol ip prio 100 u32 match ip protocol 0 0x00 flowid 1:1
Reported-by: Jaroslav Aster <jaster@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Eelco Chaudron <echaudro@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While converting sch_sfq to use timer_setup(), the commit cdeabbb881
("net: sched: Convert timers to use timer_setup()") forgot to
initialize the 'sch' field. As a result, the timer callback tries to
dereference a NULL pointer, and the kernel does oops.
Fix it initializing such field at qdisc creation time.
Fixes: cdeabbb881 ("net: sched: Convert timers to use timer_setup()")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When cls_bpf offload was added it seemed like a good idea to
call cls_bpf_delete_prog() instead of extending the error
handling path, since the software state is fully initialized
at that point. This handling of errors without jumping to
the end of the function is error prone, as proven by later
commit missing that extra call to __cls_bpf_delete_prog().
__cls_bpf_delete_prog() is now expected to be invoked with
a reference on exts->net or the field zeroed out. The call
on the offload's error patch does not fullfil this requirement,
leading to each error stealing a reference on net namespace.
Create a function undoing what cls_bpf_set_parms() did and
use it from __cls_bpf_delete_prog() and the error path.
Fixes: aae2c35ec8 ("cls_bpf: use tcf_exts_get_net() before call_rcu()")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_block_put_ext has assumed that all filters (and thus their goto
actions) are destroyed in RCU callback and thus can not race with our
list iteration. However, that is not true during netns cleanup (see
tcf_exts_get_net comment).
Prevent the user after free by holding all chains (except 0, that one is
already held). foreach_safe is not enough in this case.
To reproduce, run the following in a netns and then delete the ns:
ip link add dtest type dummy
tc qdisc add dev dtest ingress
tc filter add dev dtest chain 1 parent ffff: handle 1 prio 1 flower action goto chain 2
Fixes: 822e86d997 ("net_sched: remove tcf_block_put_deferred()")
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2017-11-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Several BPF offloading fixes, from Jakub. Among others:
- Limit offload to cls_bpf and XDP program types only.
- Move device validation into the driver and don't make
any assumptions about the device in the classifier due
to shared blocks semantics.
- Don't pass offloaded XDP program into the driver when
it should be run in native XDP instead. Offloaded ones
are not JITed for the host in such cases.
- Don't destroy device offload state when moved to
another namespace.
- Revert dumping offload info into user space for now,
since ifindex alone is not sufficient. This will be
redone properly for bpf-next tree.
2) Fix test_verifier to avoid using bpf_probe_write_user()
helper in test cases, since it's dumping a warning into
kernel log which may confuse users when only running tests.
Switch to use bpf_trace_printk() instead, from Yonghong.
3) Several fixes for correcting ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO semantics
before it becomes uabi, from Gianluca. More specifically:
- Add a type ARG_PTR_TO_MEM_OR_NULL that is used only
by bpf_csum_diff(), where the argument is either a
valid pointer or NULL. The subsequent ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
then enforces a valid pointer in case of non-0 size
or a valid pointer or NULL in case of size 0. Given
that, the semantics for ARG_PTR_TO_MEM in combination
with ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO are now such that in case
of size 0, the pointer must always be valid and cannot
be NULL. This fix in semantics allows for bpf_probe_read()
to drop the recently added size == 0 check in the helper
that would become part of uabi otherwise once released.
At the same time we can then fix bpf_probe_read_str() and
bpf_perf_event_output() to use ARG_CONST_SIZE_OR_ZERO
instead of ARG_CONST_SIZE in order to fix recently
reported issues by Arnaldo et al, where LLVM optimizes
two boundary checks into a single one for unknown
variables where the verifier looses track of the variable
bounds and thus rejects valid programs otherwise.
4) A fix for the verifier for the case when it detects
comparison of two constants where the branch is guaranteed
to not be taken at runtime. Verifier will rightfully prune
the exploration of such paths, but we still pass the program
to JITs, where they would complain about using reserved
fields, etc. Track such dead instructions and sanitize
them with mov r0,r0. Rejection is not possible since LLVM
may generate them for valid C code and doesn't do as much
data flow analysis as verifier. For bpf-next we might
implement removal of such dead code and adjust branches
instead. Fix from Alexei.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tuntap and similar devices can inject GSO packets. Accept type
VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP, even though not generating UFO natively.
Processes are expected to use feature negotiation such as TUNSETOFFLOAD
to detect supported offload types and refrain from injecting other
packets. This process breaks down with live migration: guest kernels
do not renegotiate flags, so destination hosts need to expose all
features that the source host does.
Partially revert the UFO removal from 182e0b6b5846~1..d9d30adf5677.
This patch introduces nearly(*) no new code to simplify verification.
It brings back verbatim tuntap UFO negotiation, VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP
insertion and software UFO segmentation.
It does not reinstate protocol stack support, hardware offload
(NETIF_F_UFO), SKB_GSO_UDP tunneling in SKB_GSO_SOFTWARE or reception
of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP packets in tuntap.
To support SKB_GSO_UDP reappearing in the stack, also reinstate
logic in act_csum and openvswitch. Achieve equivalence with v4.13 HEAD
by squashing in commit 939912216f ("net: skb_needs_check() removes
CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY check for tx.") and reverting commit 8d63bee643
("net: avoid skb_warn_bad_offload false positives on UFO").
(*) To avoid having to bring back skb_shinfo(skb)->ip6_frag_id,
ipv6_proxy_select_ident is changed to return a __be32 and this is
assigned directly to the frag_hdr. Also, SKB_GSO_UDP is inserted
at the end of the enum to minimize code churn.
Tested
Booted a v4.13 guest kernel with QEMU. On a host kernel before this
patch `ethtool -k eth0` shows UFO disabled. After the patch, it is
enabled, same as on a v4.13 host kernel.
A UFO packet sent from the guest appears on the tap device:
host:
nc -l -p -u 8000 &
tcpdump -n -i tap0
guest:
dd if=/dev/zero of=payload.txt bs=1 count=2000
nc -u 192.16.1.1 8000 < payload.txt
Direct tap to tap transmission of VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_UDP succeeds,
packets arriving fragmented:
./with_tap_pair.sh ./tap_send_ufo tap0 tap1
(from https://github.com/wdebruij/kerneltools/tree/master/tests)
Changes
v1 -> v2
- simplified set_offload change (review comment)
- documented test procedure
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/<CAF=yD-LuUeDuL9YWPJD9ykOZ0QCjNeznPDr6whqZ9NGMNF12Mw@mail.gmail.com>
Fixes: fb652fdfe8 ("macvlan/macvtap: Remove NETIF_F_UFO advertisement.")
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If you flush (delete) a filter chain other than chain 0 (such as when
deleting the device), the kernel may run into a use-after-free. The
chain refcount must not be decremented unless we are sure we are done
with the chain.
To reproduce the bug, run:
ip link add dtest type dummy
tc qdisc add dev dtest ingress
tc filter add dev dtest chain 1 parent ffff: flower
ip link del dtest
Introduced in: commit f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing"),
but unless you have KAsan or luck, you won't notice it until
commit 0dadc117ac ("cls_flower: use tcf_exts_get_net() before call_rcu()")
Fixes: f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roman Kapl <code@rkapl.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With TC shared block changes we can't depend on correct netdev
pointer being available in cls_bpf. Move the device validation
to the driver. Core will only make sure that offloaded programs
are always attached in the driver (or in HW by the driver). We
trust that drivers which implement offload callbacks will perform
necessary checks.
Moving the checks to the driver is generally a useful thing,
in practice the check should be against a switchdev instance,
not a netdev, given that most ASICs will probably allow using
the same program on many ports.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Fix compilation on 32 bit platforms (where doing modulus operation
with 64 bit requires extra glibc functions) by truncation.
The jitter for table distribution is limited to a 32 bit value
because random numbers are scaled as 32 bit value.
Also fix some whitespace.
Fixes: 99803171ef ("netem: add uapi to express delay and jitter in nanoseconds")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since times are now expressed in nanosecond, need to now do
true 64 bit divide. Old code would truncate rate at 32 bits.
Rename function to better express current usage.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc-4.4.4 (at lest) has issues with initializers and anonymous unions:
net/sched/sch_red.c: In function 'red_dump_offload':
net/sched/sch_red.c:282: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:282: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_red.c:283: error: unknown field 'stats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:283: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
net/sched/sch_red.c: In function 'red_dump_stats':
net/sched/sch_red.c:352: error: unknown field 'xstats' specified in initializer
net/sched/sch_red.c:352: warning: initialization makes integer from pointer without a cast
Work around this.
Fixes: 602f3baf22 ("net_sch: red: Add offload ability to RED qdisc")
Cc: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slotting is a crude approximation of the behaviors of shared media such
as cable, wifi, and LTE, which gather up a bunch of packets within a
varying delay window and deliver them, relative to that, nearly all at
once.
It works within the existing loss, duplication, jitter and delay
parameters of netem. Some amount of inherent latency must be specified,
regardless.
The new "slot" parameter specifies a minimum and maximum delay between
transmission attempts.
The "bytes" and "packets" parameters can be used to limit the amount of
information transferred per slot.
Examples of use:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root netem delay 200us \
slot 800us 10ms bytes 64k packets 42
A more correct example, using stacked netem instances and a packet limit
to emulate a tail drop wifi queue with slots and variable packet
delivery, with a 200Mbit isochronous underlying rate, and 20ms path
delay:
tc qdisc add dev eth0 root handle 1: netem delay 20ms rate 200mbit \
limit 10000
tc qdisc add dev eth0 parent 1:1 handle 10:1 netem delay 200us \
slot 800us 10ms bytes 64k packets 42 limit 512
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem userspace has long relied on a horrible /proc/net/psched hack
to translate the current notion of "ticks" to nanoseconds.
Expressing latency and jitter instead, in well defined nanoseconds,
increases the dynamic range of emulated delays and jitter in netem.
It will also ease a transition where reducing a tick to nsec
equivalence would constrain the max delay in prior versions of
netem to only 4.3 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upgrade the internal netem scheduler to use nanoseconds rather than
ticks throughout.
Convert to and from the std "ticks" userspace api automatically,
while allowing for finer grained scheduling to take place.
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a spinlock in the VLAN action causes performance issues when the VLAN
action is used on multiple cores. Rewrote the VLAN action to use RCU read
locking for reads and updates instead.
All functions now use an RCU dereferenced pointer to access the VLAN action
context. Modified helper functions used by other modules, to use the RCU as
opposed to directly accessing the structure.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VLAN action maintains one set of stats across all cores, and uses a
spinlock to synchronize updates to it from the same. Changed this to use a
per-CPU stats context instead.
This change will result in better performance.
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Manish Kurup <manish.kurup@verizon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple cases of overlapping changes in the packet scheduler.
Must easier to resolve this time.
Which probably means that I screwed it up somehow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hold netns refcnt before call_rcu() and release it after
the tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
Note, on ->destroy() path we have to respect the return value
of tcf_exts_get_net(), on other paths it should always return
true, so we don't need to care.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of holding netns refcnt in tc actions, we can minimize
the holding time by saving it in struct tcf_exts instead. This
means we can just hold netns refcnt right before call_rcu() and
release it after tcf_exts_destroy() is done.
However, because on netns cleanup path we call tcf_proto_destroy()
too, obviously we can not hold netns for a zero refcnt, in this
case we have to do cleanup synchronously. It is fine for RCU too,
the caller cleanup_net() already waits for a grace period.
For other cases, refcnt is non-zero and we can safely grab it as
normal and release it after we are done.
This patch provides two new API for each filter to use:
tcf_exts_get_net() and tcf_exts_put_net(). And all filters now can
use the following pattern:
void __destroy_filter() {
tcf_exts_destroy();
tcf_exts_put_net(); // <== release netns refcnt
kfree();
}
void some_work() {
rtnl_lock();
__destroy_filter();
rtnl_unlock();
}
void some_rcu_callback() {
tcf_queue_work(some_work);
}
if (tcf_exts_get_net()) // <== hold netns refcnt
call_rcu(some_rcu_callback);
else
__destroy_filter();
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ceffcc5e25.
If we hold that refcnt, the netns can never be destroyed until
all actions are destroyed by user, this breaks our netns design
which we expect all actions are destroyed when we destroy the
whole netns.
Cc: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_CBS to TC_SETUP_QDISC_CBS to match the new convention..
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change TC_SETUP_MQPRIO to TC_SETUP_QDISC_MQPRIO to match the new
convention.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to offload RED qdisc by using ndo_setup_tc.
There are four commands for RED offloading:
* TC_RED_SET: handles set and change.
* TC_RED_DESTROY: handle qdisc destroy.
* TC_RED_STATS: update the qdiscs counters (given as reference)
* TC_RED_XSTAT: returns red xstats.
Whether RED is being offloaded is being determined every time dump action
is being called because parent change of this qdisc could change its
offload state but doesn't require any RED function to be called.
Signed-off-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If TC program is loaded with skip_sw flag, we should allow
the device-specific programs to be accepted.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently n->flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460398 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 245dc5121a ("net: sched: cls_u32: call block callbacks for offload")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Files removed in 'net-next' had their license header updated
in 'net'. We take the remove from 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Hopefully this is the last batch of networking fixes for 4.14
Fingers crossed...
1) Fix stmmac to use the proper sized OF property read, from Bhadram
Varka.
2) Fix use after free in net scheduler tc action code, from Cong
Wang.
3) Fix SKB control block mangling in tcp_make_synack().
4) Use proper locking in fib_dump_info(), from Florian Westphal.
5) Fix IPG encodings in systemport driver, from Florian Fainelli.
6) Fix division by zero in NV TCP congestion control module, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
7) Fix use after free in nf_reject_ipv4, from Tejaswi Tanikella"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: systemport: Correct IPG length settings
tcp: do not mangle skb->cb[] in tcp_make_synack()
fib: fib_dump_info can no longer use __in_dev_get_rtnl
stmmac: use of_property_read_u32 instead of read_u8
net_sched: hold netns refcnt for each action
net_sched: acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
net: vrf: correct FRA_L3MDEV encode type
tcp_nv: fix division by zero in tcpnv_acked()
netfilter: nf_reject_ipv4: Fix use-after-free in send_reset
netfilter: nft_set_hash: disable fast_ops for 2-len keys
In sch_handle_egress and sch_handle_ingress tp->q is used only in order
to update stats. So stats and filter list are the only things that are
needed in clsact qdisc fastpath processing. Introduce new mini_Qdisc
struct to hold those items. Also, introduce a helper to swap the
mini_Qdisc structures in case filter list head changes.
This removes need for tp->q usage without added overhead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a callback that is to be called whenever head of the chain changes.
Also provide a callback for the default case when the caller gets a
block using non-extended getter.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers of tcf_block_put() could pass NULL so
we can't use block->q before checking if block is
NULL or not.
tcf_block_put_ext() callers are fine, it is always
non-NULL.
Fixes: 8c4083b30e ("net: sched: add block bind/unbind notif. and extended block_get/put")
Reported-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently gen_flags is being operated on by a logical && operator rather
than a bitwise & operator. This looks incorrect as these should be bit
flag operations. Fix this.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1460305 ("Logical vs. bitwise operator")
Fixes: 3f7889c4c7 ("net: sched: cls_bpf: call block callbacks for offload)
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the offload unbind is done before the chains are flushed.
That causes driver to unregister block callback before it can get all
the callback calls done during flush, leaving the offloaded tps inside
the HW. So fix the order to prevent this situation and restore the
original behaviour.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC actions have been destroyed asynchronously for a long time,
previously in a RCU callback and now in a workqueue. If we
don't hold a refcnt for its netns, we could use the per netns
data structure, struct tcf_idrinfo, after it has been freed by
netns workqueue.
Hold refcnt to ensure netns destroy happens after all actions
are gone.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I forgot to acquire RTNL in tc_action_net_exit()
which leads that action ops->cleanup() is not always
called with RTNL. This usually is not a big deal because
this function is called after all netns refcnt are gone,
but given RTNL protects more than just actions, add it
for safety and consistency.
Also add an assertion to catch other potential bugs.
Fixes: ddf97ccdd7 ("net_sched: add network namespace support for tc actions")
Reported-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Tested-by: Lucas Bates <lucasb@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iG0EABECAC0WIQT0tgzFv3jCIUoxPcsxR9QN2y37KQUCWfswbQ8cZ3JlZ0Brcm9h
aC5jb20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ykvEwCfXU1MuYFQGgMdDmAZXEc+xFXZvqgAoKEcHDNA
6dVh26uchcEQLN/XqUDt
=x306
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull initial SPDX identifiers from Greg KH:
"License cleanup: add SPDX license identifiers to some files
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the
'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally
binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate
text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart
and Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset
of the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to
license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied
to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of
the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver)
producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne.
Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review
of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537
files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the
scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license
identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any
determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with
the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained
>5 lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that
was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that
became the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected
a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply
(and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases,
confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights.
The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in
part, so they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot
checks in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect
the correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial
patch version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch
license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the
applied SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
* tag 'spdx_identifiers-4.14-rc8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core:
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with a license
License cleanup: add SPDX license identifier to uapi header files with no license
License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license
Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.
By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.
Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.
This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.
How this work was done:
Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,
Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.
The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.
The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).
All documentation files were explicitly excluded.
The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.
- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.
For non */uapi/* files that summary was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139
and resulted in the first patch in this series.
If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930
and resulted in the second patch in this series.
- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:
SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1
and that resulted in the third patch in this series.
- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).
- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.
- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).
- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.
In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.
Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.
Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.
In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.
Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct
This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.
These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.
Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Since the only user, mlx5 driver does the check in
mlx5e_setup_tc_block_cb, no need to check here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were
introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter
if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block
callback which is called for rule insertion.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Smooth Cong Wang's bug fix into 'net-next'. Basically put
the bulk of the tcf_block_put() logic from 'net' into
tcf_block_put_ext(), but after the offload unbind.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the time being I will be available in my private mail. Update both the
MAINTAINERS file and the individual modules MODULE_AUTHOR directive with
the new address.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotam.gi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
I defer tcf_chain_flush() to a workqueue, this causes a use-after-free
because qdisc is already destroyed after we queue this work.
The tcf_block_put_deferred() is no longer necessary after we get RTNL
for each tc filter destroy work, no others could jump in at this point.
Same for tcf_chain_hold(), we are fully serialized now.
This also reduces one indirection therefore makes the code more
readable. Note this brings back a rcu_barrier(), however comparing
to the code prior to commit 7aa0045dad we still reduced one
rcu_barrier(). For net-next, we can consider to refcnt tcf block to
avoid it.
Fixes: 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c78e1746d3
("net: sched: fix call_rcu() race on classifier module unloads"),
we need to wait for flying RCU callback tcf_sample_cleanup_rcu().
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches, it is now safe to claim that
tcf_exts_destroy() is always called with RTNL lock.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davide found the following script triggers a NULL pointer
dereference:
ip l a name eth0 type dummy
tc q a dev eth0 parent :1 handle 1: htb
This is because for a freshly created netdevice noop_qdisc
is attached and when passing 'parent :1', kernel actually
tries to match the major handle which is 0 and noop_qdisc
has handle 0 so is matched by mistake. Commit 69012ae425
tries to fix a similar bug but still misses this case.
Handle 0 is not a valid one, should be just skipped. In
fact, kernel uses it as TC_H_UNSPEC.
Fixes: 69012ae425 ("net: sched: fix handling of singleton qdiscs with qdisc_hash")
Fixes: 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched:convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This queueing discipline implements the shaper algorithm defined by
the 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2 and detailed in Annex L.
It's primary usage is to apply some bandwidth reservation to user
defined traffic classes, which are mapped to different queues via the
mqprio qdisc.
Only a simple software implementation is added for now.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When replacing a child qdisc from mqprio, tc_modify_qdisc() must fetch
the netdev_queue pointer that the current child qdisc is associated
with before creating the new qdisc.
Currently, when using mqprio as root qdisc, the kernel will end up
getting the queue #0 pointer from the mqprio (root qdisc), which leaves
any new child qdisc with a possibly wrong netdev_queue pointer.
Implementing the Qdisc_class_ops select_queue() on mqprio fixes this
issue and avoid an inconsistent state when child qdiscs are replaced.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the class_ops select_queue() implementation on sch_mq
returns a pointer to netdev_queue #0 when it receives and invalid
qdisc id. That can be misleading since all of mq's inner qdiscs are
attached to a valid netdev_queue.
Here we fix that by returning NULL when a qdisc id is invalid. This is
aligned with how select_queue() is implemented for sch_mqprio in the
next patch on this series, keeping a consistent behavior between these
two qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In qdisc_alloc() the dev_queue pointer was used without any checks
being performed. If qdisc_create() gets a null dev_queue pointer, it
just passes it along to qdisc_alloc(), leading to a crash. That
happens if a root qdisc implements select_queue() and returns a null
dev_queue pointer for an "invalid handle", for example, or if the
dev_queue associated with the parent qdisc is null.
This patch is in preparation for the next in this series, where
select_queue() is being added to mqprio and as it may return a null
dev_queue.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Prior to commit b3f55bdda8, the networking core doesn't wire an in-place
actions list the when the low level driver is called to offload the flow,
but all low level drivers do that (call tcf_exts_to_list()) in their
offloading "add" logic.
Now, the in-place list is set in the core which goes over the list in a loop,
but also by the hw driver when their offloading code is invoked indirectly:
cls_xxx add flow -> tc_setup_cb_call -> tc_exts_setup_cb_egdev_call -> hw driver
which messes up the core list instance upon driver return. Fix that by avoiding
in-place list on the net core code that deals with adding flows.
Fixes: b3f55bdda8 ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the netdevice field is not set and the egdev instance
is not functional, fix that.
Fixes: 3f55bdda8df ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the change to the tp hash, we now get a build warning
on 32-bit architectures:
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'tc_u_hash':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:338:17: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
return hash_64((u64) tp->chain->block, U32_HASH_SHIFT);
Using hash_ptr() instead of hash_64() lets us drop the cast
and fixes the warning while still resulting in the same hash
value.
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer opt has a null check however before for this check opt is
dereferenced when len is initialized, hence we potentially have a null
pointer deference on opt. Avoid this by checking for a null opt before
dereferencing it.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1458234 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 4e8b86c062 ("mqprio: Introduce new hardware offload mode and shaper in mqprio")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Add pointer back to Qdisc.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7091d8c '(net/sched: cls_flower: Add offload support using egress
Hardware device') made sure (when fl_hw_replace_filter is called) to put
the egress_dev mark on persisent structure instance. Hence, following calls
into the HW driver for stats and deletion will note it and act accordingly.
With commit de4784ca03 this property is lost and hence when called,
the HW driver failes to operate (stats, delete) on the offloaded flow.
Fix it by setting the egress_dev flag whenever the ingress device is
different from the hw device since this is exactly the condition under
which we're calling into the HW driver through the egress port net-device.
Fixes: de4784ca03 ('net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers have this info, they will pass it down to tcf_fill_node.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u_common is now per-q. With blocks, it has to be converted to be
per-block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using tp->q, use block to get the net pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes a slight tweak to mqprio in order to bring the
classid values used back in line with what is used for mq. The general idea
is to reserve values :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic classes
normally reported via dev->num_tc. By doing this we can maintain a
consistent behavior with mq for classid where :1 - :ffdf will represent a
physical qdisc mapped onto a Tx queue represented by classid - 1, and the
traffic classes will be mapped onto a known subset of classid values
reserved for our virtual qdiscs.
Note I reserved the range from :fff0 - :ffff since this way we might be
able to reuse these classid values with clsact and ingress which would mean
that for mq, mqprio, ingress, and clsact we should be able to maintain a
similar classid layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently ife_meta_id2name() is only called when
CONFIG_MODULES is defined.
This fixes:
net/sched/act_ife.c:251:20: warning: ‘ife_meta_id2name’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static const char *ife_meta_id2name(u32 metaid)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: d3f24ba895 ("net sched actions: fix module auto-loading")
Cc: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch migrates the current counter handling which is protected by a
spinlock to a per-cpu counter handling. This reduce the time where the
spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the check of the two possible ife handlings encode
and decode to the init callback. The decode value is for usability
aspect and used in userspace code only. The current code offers encode
else decode only. This patch avoids any other option than this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macro __stringify_1() can stringify a macro argument, however IFE_META_*
are enums, so they never expand, however request_module expects an integer
in IFE module name, so as a result it always fails to auto-load.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Geeralize private netem_rb_to_skb()
TCP rtx queue will soon be converted to rb-tree,
so we will need skb_rbtree_walk() helpers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info from the flower classifier to the flow
dissector where all other dissection occurs. This should not have any
behavioural affect on other users of the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assignment of -EINVAL to variable ret is redundant as it
is being overwritten on the following error exit paths or
to the return value from the following call to basic_set_parms.
Fix this up by removing it. Cleans up clang warning message:
net/sched/cls_basic.c:185:2: warning: Value stored to 'err' is never read
Fixes: 1d8134fea2 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate basic filter handles")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling u32_lookup_ht() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles. u32 filters are special as the handle
could contain a hash table id and a key id, so we
need two IDR to allocate each of them.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling basic_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling cls_bpf_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just do the rename into bpf_compute_data_pointers() as we'll add
one more pointer here to recompute.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While running TCP tests involving netem storing millions of packets,
I had the idea to speed up tfifo_reset() and did experiments.
I tried the rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() method that is
used in skb_rbtree_purge() but discovered it was slower than the
current tfifo_reset() method.
I measured time taken to release skbs with three occupation levels :
10^4, 10^5 and 10^6 skbs with three methods :
1) (current 'naive' method)
while ((p = rb_first(&q->t_root))) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
rb_erase(p, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
2) Use rb_next() instead of rb_first() in the loop :
p = rb_first(&q->t_root);
while (p) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
p = rb_next(p);
rb_erase(&skb->rbnode, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
3) "optimized" method using rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe()
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe(skb, next,
&q->t_root, rbnode) {
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
q->t_root = RB_ROOT;
Results :
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 10000 skbs in 690378 ns (69 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 10000 skbs in 541846 ns (54 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 10000 skbs in 868307 ns (86 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 99996 skbs in 7804021 ns (78 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 100000 skbs in 5942456 ns (59 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 100000 skbs in 11584940 ns (115 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 1000000 skbs in 108577838 ns (108 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 1000000 skbs in 82619635 ns (82 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 1000000 skbs in 127328743 ns (127 ns per skb)
Method 2) is simply faster, probably because it maintains a smaller
working size set.
Note that this is the method we use in tcp_ofo_queue() already.
I will also change skb_rbtree_purge() in a second patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: c15ab236d6 ("net/sched: Change cls_flower to use IDR")
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If real-time or fair-share curves are enabled in hfsc_change_class()
class isn't inserted into rb-trees yet. Thus init_ed() and init_vf()
must be called in place of update_ed() and update_vf().
Remove isn't required because for now curves cannot be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKB stored in qdisc->gso_skb also counted into backlog.
Some qdiscs don't reset backlog to zero in ->reset(),
for example sfq just dequeue and free all queued skb.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller no longer needs to wait for a grace period. So this
patch gets rid of it.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->rbnode shares space with skb->next, skb->prev and skb->tstamp
Current uses (TCP receive ofo queue and netem) need to save/restore
tstamp, while skb->dev is either NULL (TCP) or a constant for a given
queue (netem).
Since we plan using an RB tree for TCP retransmit queue to speedup SACK
processing with large BDP, this patch exchanges skb->dev and
skb->tstamp.
This saves some overhead in both TCP and netem.
v2: removes the swtstamp field from struct tcp_skb_cb
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB qdisc overlimits counter is properly increased, but we have no per
class counter, meaning it is difficult to diagnose HTB problems.
This patch adds this counter, visible in "tc -s class show dev eth0",
with current iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <nuclearcat@nuclearcat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer tcm is being initialized and is never read, it is only being used
to determine the size of struct tcmsg. Clean this up by removing
variable tcm and explicitly using the sizeof struct tcmsg rather than *tcm.
Cleans up clang warning:
warning: Value stored to 'tcm' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this script, edited from Linux Advanced Routing and Traffic Control guide
tc q a dev en0 root handle 1: htb default a
tc c a dev en0 parent 1: classid 1:1 htb rate 6mbit burst 15k
tc c a dev en0 parent 1:1 classid 1:a htb rate 5mbit ceil 6mbit burst 15k
tc c a dev en0 parent 1:1 classid 1:b htb rate 1mbit ceil 6mbit burst 15k
tc f a dev en0 parent 1:0 prio 1 $clsname $clsargs classid 1:b
ping $address -c1
tc -s c s dev en0
classifies traffic to 1:b or 1:a, depending on whether the packet matches
or not the pattern $clsargs of filter $clsname. However, when $clsname is
'matchall', a systematic crash can be observed in htb_classify(). HTB and
classful qdiscs don't assign initial value to struct tcf_result, but then
they expect it to contain valid values after filters have been run. Thus,
current 'matchall' ignores the TCA_MATCHALL_CLASSID attribute, configured
by user, and makes HTB (and classful qdiscs) dereference random pointers.
By assigning head->res to *res in mall_classify(), before the actions are
invoked, we fix this crash and enable TCA_MATCHALL_CLASSID functionality,
that had no effect on 'matchall' classifier since its first introduction.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1460213
Reported-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Fixes: b87f7936a9 ("net/sched: introduce Match-all classifier")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit d7fb60b9ca ("net_sched: get rid of tcfa_rcu") removed
freeing in call_rcu, which changed already existing hard-to-hit
race condition into 100% hit:
[ 598.599825] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000030
[ 598.607782] IP: tcf_action_destroy+0xc0/0x140
Or:
[ 40.858924] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000030
[ 40.862840] IP: tcf_generic_walker+0x534/0x820
Fix this by storing the ops and use them directly for module_put call.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Jiri, there is still a race condition between
tcf_block_put() and tcf_chain_destroy() in a RCU callback. There
is no way to make it correct without proper locking or synchronization,
because both operate on a shared list.
Locking is hard, because the only lock we can pick here is a spinlock,
however, in tc_dump_tfilter() we iterate this list with a sleeping
function called (tcf_chain_dump()), which makes using a lock to protect
chain_list almost impossible.
Jiri suggested the idea of holding a refcnt before flushing, this works
because it guarantees us there would be no parallel tcf_chain_destroy()
during the loop, therefore the race condition is gone. But we have to
be very careful with proper synchronization with RCU callbacks.
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following ugliness of tc filter chain refcnt:
a) tp proto should hold a refcnt to the chain too. This significantly
simplifies the logic.
b) Chain 0 is no longer special, it is created with refcnt=1 like any
other chains. All the ugliness in tcf_chain_put() can be gone!
c) No need to handle the flushing oddly, because block still holds
chain 0, it can not be released, this guarantees block is the last
user.
d) The race condition with RCU callbacks is easier to handle with just
a rcu_barrier(). Much easier to understand, nothing to hide. Thanks
to the previous patch. Please see also the comments in code.
e) Make the code understandable by humans, much less error-prone.
Fixes: 744a4cf63e ("net: sched: fix use after free when tcf_chain_destroy is called multiple times")
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gen estimator has been rewritten in commit 1c0d32fde5
("net_sched: gen_estimator: complete rewrite of rate estimators"),
the caller is no longer needed to wait for a grace period.
So this patch gets rid of it.
This also completely closes a race condition between action free
path and filter chain add/remove path for the following patch.
Because otherwise the nested RCU callback can't be caught by
rcu_barrier().
Please see also the comments in code.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes sparse warning about pointer in gen_handle:
net/sched/cls_rsvp.h:392:40: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Fixes: 8113c09567 ("net_sched: use void pointer for filter handle")
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <johunt@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a memleak happening for chain 0. The thing is, chain 0 needs to
be always present, not created on demand. Therefore tcf_block_get upon
creation of block calls the tcf_chain_create function directly. The
chain is created with refcnt == 1, which is not correct in this case and
causes the memleak. So move the refcnt increment into tcf_chain_get
function even for the case when chain needs to be created.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock
is released) made a big change of tc for performance. There are two points
left in sch_prio and sch_qfq which are not changed with that commit. Now
enhance them now with __qdisc_drop.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC filters when used as classifiers are bound to TC classes.
However, there is a hidden difference when adding them in different
orders:
1. If we add tc classes before its filters, everything is fine.
Logically, the classes exist before we specify their ID's in
filters, it is easy to bind them together, just as in the current
code base.
2. If we add tc filters before the tc classes they bind, we have to
do dynamic lookup in fast path. What's worse, this happens all
the time not just once, because on fast path tcf_result is passed
on stack, there is no way to propagate back to the one in tc filters.
This hidden difference hurts performance silently if we have many tc
classes in hierarchy.
This patch intends to close this gap by doing the reverse binding when
we create a new class, in this case we can actually search all the
filters in its parent, match and fixup by classid. And because
tcf_result is specific to each type of tc filter, we have to introduce
a new ops for each filter to tell how to bind the class.
Note, we still can NOT totally get rid of those class lookup in
->enqueue() because cgroup and flow filters have no way to determine
the classid at setup time, they still have to go through dynamic lookup.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently only a memory allocation failure can lead to this, so let's
initialize the timer first.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is very unlikely to happen but the backlogs memory allocation
could fail and will free q->flows, but then ->destroy() will free
q->flows too. For correctness remove the first free and let ->destroy
clean up.
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Depending on where ->init fails we can get a null pointer deref due to
uninitialized hires timer (watchdog) or a double free of the qdisc hash
because it is already freed by ->destroy().
Fixes: 8d55373875 ("net/sched/hfsc: allocate tcf block for hfsc root class")
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typically, each TC filter has its own action. All the actions of the
same type are saved in its hash table. But the hash buckets are too
small that it degrades to a list. And the performance is greatly
affected. For example, it takes about 0m11.914s to insert 64K rules.
If we convert the hash table to IDR, it only takes about 0m1.500s.
The improvement is huge.
But please note that the test result is based on previous patch that
cls_flower uses IDR.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, all filters with the same priority are linked in a doubly
linked list. Every filter should have a unique handle. To make the
handle unique, we need to iterate the list every time to see if the
handle exists or not when inserting a new filter. It is time-consuming.
For example, it takes about 5m3.169s to insert 64K rules.
This patch changes cls_flower to use IDR. With this patch, it
takes about 0m1.127s to insert 64K rules. The improvement is huge.
But please note that in this testing, all filters share the same action.
If every filter has a unique action, that is another bottleneck.
Follow-up patch in this patchset addresses that.
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch handles a default IFE type if it's not given by user space
netlink api. The default IFE type will be the registered ethertype by
IEEE for IFE ForCES.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 520ac30f45 ("net_sched: drop packets after root qdisc lock
is released) made a big change of tc for performance. But there are
some points which are not changed in SFQ enqueue operation.
1. Fail to find the SFQ hash slot;
2. When the queue is full;
Now use qdisc_drop instead free skb directly.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is ugly to hide a u32-filter-specific pointer inside Qdisc,
this breaks the TC layers:
1. Qdisc is a generic representation, should not have any specific
data of any type
2. Qdisc layer is above filter layer, should only save filters in
the list of struct tcf_proto.
This pointer is used as the head of the chain of u32 hash tables,
that is struct tc_u_hnode, because u32 filter is very special,
it allows to create multiple hash tables within one qdisc and
across multiple u32 filters.
Instead of using this ugly pointer, we can just save it in a global
hash table key'ed by (dev ifindex, qdisc handle), therefore we can
still treat it as a per qdisc basis data structure conceptually.
Of course, because of network namespaces, this key is not unique
at all, but it is fine as we already have a pointer to Qdisc in
struct tc_u_common, we can just compare the pointers when collision.
And this only affects slow paths, has no impact to fast path,
thanks to the pointer ->tp_c.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For TC classes, their ->get() and ->put() are always paired, and the
reference counting is completely useless, because:
1) For class modification and dumping paths, we already hold RTNL lock,
so all of these ->get(),->change(),->put() are atomic.
2) For filter bindiing/unbinding, we use other reference counter than
this one, and they should have RTNL lock too.
3) For ->qlen_notify(), it is special because it is called on ->enqueue()
path, but we already hold qdisc tree lock there, and we hold this
tree lock when graft or delete the class too, so it should not be gone
or changed until we release the tree lock.
Therefore, this patch removes ->get() and ->put(), but:
1) Adds a new ->find() to find the pointer to a class by classid, no
refcnt.
2) Move the original class destroy upon the last refcnt into ->delete(),
right after releasing tree lock. This is fine because the class is
already removed from hash when holding the lock.
For those who also use ->put() as ->unbind(), just rename them to reflect
this change.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like for TC actions, ->delete() is a special case,
we have to prepare and fill the notification before delete
otherwise would get use-after-free after we remove the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not needed if we move them up properly.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reported a refcount_t warning [1]
Issue here is that noop_qdisc refcnt was never really considered as
a true refcount, since qdisc_destroy() found TCQ_F_BUILTIN set :
if (qdisc->flags & TCQ_F_BUILTIN ||
!refcount_dec_and_test(&qdisc->refcnt)))
return;
Meaning that all atomic_inc() we did on noop_qdisc.refcnt were not
really needed, but harmless until refcount_t came.
To fix this problem, we simply need to not increment noop_qdisc.refcnt,
since we never decrement it.
[1]
refcount_t: increment on 0; use-after-free.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 21754 at lib/refcount.c:152 refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 21754 Comm: syz-executor7 Not tainted 4.13.0-rc6+ #20
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:180
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:541
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:190
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:224 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:273
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:310
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:323
invalid_op+0x1e/0x30 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:846
RIP: 0010:refcount_inc+0x47/0x50 lib/refcount.c:152
RSP: 0018:ffff8801c43477a0 EFLAGS: 00010282
RAX: 000000000000002b RBX: ffffffff86093c14 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000002b RSI: ffffffff8159314e RDI: ffffed0038868ee8
RBP: ffff8801c43477a8 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffff86093ac0
R13: 0000000000000001 R14: ffff8801d0f3bac0 R15: dffffc0000000000
attach_default_qdiscs net/sched/sch_generic.c:792 [inline]
dev_activate+0x7d3/0xaa0 net/sched/sch_generic.c:833
__dev_open+0x227/0x330 net/core/dev.c:1380
__dev_change_flags+0x695/0x990 net/core/dev.c:6726
dev_change_flags+0x88/0x140 net/core/dev.c:6792
dev_ifsioc+0x5a6/0x930 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:256
dev_ioctl+0x2bc/0xf90 net/core/dev_ioctl.c:554
sock_do_ioctl+0x94/0xb0 net/socket.c:968
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1520 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
Fixes: 7b93640502 ("net, sched: convert Qdisc.refcnt from atomic_t to refcount_t")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_flush needs to be called with RTNL. However, on
free_tcf->
tcf_action_goto_chain_fini->
tcf_chain_put->
tcf_chain_destroy->
tcf_chain_flush
callpath, it is called without RTNL.
This issue was notified by following warning:
[ 155.599052] WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
[ 155.603165] 4.13.0-rc5jiri+ #54 Not tainted
[ 155.607456] -----------------------------
[ 155.611561] net/sched/cls_api.c:195 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
Since on this callpath, the chain is guaranteed to be already empty
by check in tcf_chain_put, move the tcf_chain_flush call out and call it
only where it is needed - into tcf_block_put.
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goto_chain termination action takes a reference of a chain. In that
case, there is an issue when block_put is called tcf_chain_destroy
directly. The follo-up call of tcf_chain_put by goto_chain action free
works with memory that is already freed. This was caught by kasan:
[ 220.337908] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in tcf_chain_put+0x1b/0x50
[ 220.344103] Read of size 4 at addr ffff88036d1f2cec by task systemd-journal/261
[ 220.353047] CPU: 0 PID: 261 Comm: systemd-journal Not tainted 4.13.0-rc5jiri+ #54
[ 220.360661] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. Mellanox switch/Mellanox x86 mezzanine board, BIOS 4.6.5 08/02/2016
[ 220.371784] Call Trace:
[ 220.374290] <IRQ>
[ 220.376355] dump_stack+0xd5/0x150
[ 220.391485] print_address_description+0x86/0x410
[ 220.396308] kasan_report+0x181/0x4c0
[ 220.415211] tcf_chain_put+0x1b/0x50
[ 220.418949] free_tcf+0x95/0xc0
So allow tcf_chain_destroy to be called multiple times, free only in
case the reference count drops to 0.
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
High order GFP_KERNEL allocations can stress the host badly.
Use modern kvmalloc_array()/kvfree() instead of custom
allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we know in some target's checkentry it may dereference par.entryinfo
to check entry stuff inside. But when sched action calls xt_check_target,
par.entryinfo is set with NULL. It would cause kernel panic when calling
some targets.
It can be reproduce with:
# tc qd add dev eth1 ingress handle ffff:
# tc filter add dev eth1 parent ffff: u32 match u32 0 0 action xt \
-j ECN --ecn-tcp-remove
It could also crash kernel when using target CLUSTERIP or TPROXY.
By now there's no proper value for par.entryinfo in ipt_init_target,
but it can not be set with NULL. This patch is to void all these
panics by setting it with an ipt_entry obj with all members = 0.
Note that this issue has been there since the very beginning.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dereference before check is wrong and leads to an oops when
p_filter_chain is NULL. The check needs to be done on the pointer to
prevent NULL dereference.
Fixes: f93e1cdcf4 ("net/sched: fix filter flushing")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a stupid mistake using TC_CLSFLOWER_STATS instead of
TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER. Funny thing is that both are defined as "2" so it
actually did not cause any harm. Anyway, fixing it now.
Fixes: 2572ac53c4 ("net: sched: make type an argument for ndo_setup_tc")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The main purpose of this tracepoint is to monitor bulk dequeue
in the network qdisc layer, as it cannot be deducted from the
existing qdisc stats.
The txq_state can be used for determining the reason for zero packet
dequeues, see enum netdev_queue_state_t.
Notice all packets doesn't necessary activate this tracepoint. As
qdiscs with flag TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS, can directly invoke
sch_direct_xmit() when qdisc_qlen is zero.
Remember that perf record supports filters like:
perf record -e qdisc:qdisc_dequeue \
--filter 'ifindex == 4 && (packets > 1 || txq_state > 0)'
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any move comment abount update_vf() into right place.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This callback is used for deactivating class in parent qdisc.
This is cheaper to test queue length right here.
Also this allows to catch draining screwed backlog and prevent
second deactivation of already inactive parent class which will
crash kernel for sure. Kernel with print warning at destruction
of child qdisc where no packets but backlog is not zero.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was added in commit e57a784d8c ("pkt_sched: set root qdisc
before change() in attach_default_qdiscs()") to hide duplicates
from "tc qdisc show" for incative deivices.
After 59cc1f61f ("net: sched: convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
it triggered when classful qdisc is added to inactive device because
default qdiscs are added before switching root qdisc.
Anyway after commit ea32746953 ("net: sched: avoid duplicates in
qdisc dump") duplicates are filtered right in dumper.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sfq_enqueue() drops head packet or packet from another queue it
have to update backlog at upper qdiscs too.
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Traffic filters could keep direct pointers to classes in classful qdisc,
thus qdisc destruction first removes all filters before freeing classes.
Class destruction methods also tries to free attached filters but now
this isn't safe because tcf_block_put() unlike to tcf_destroy_chain()
cannot be called second time.
This patch set class->block to NULL after first tcf_block_put() and
turn second call into no-op.
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this filters cannot be attached.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 6529eaba33 ("net: sched: introduce tcf block infractructure")
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cops->tcf_cl_offload is no longer needed, as the drivers check what they
can and cannot offload using the classid identify helpers. So remove this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mainline had UFO fixes, but UFO is removed in net-next so we
take the HEAD hunks.
Minor context conflict in bcmsysport statistics bug fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 55917a21d0 ("netfilter: x_tables: add context to know if
extension runs from nft_compat") introduced a member nft_compat to
xt_tgchk_param structure.
But it didn't set it's value for ipt_init_target. With unexpected
value in par.nft_compat, it may return unexpected result in some
target's checkentry.
This patch is to set all it's fields as 0 and only initialize the
non-zero fields in ipt_init_target.
v1->v2:
As Wang Cong's suggestion, fix it by setting all it's fields as
0 and only initializing the non-zero fields.
Fixes: 55917a21d0 ("netfilter: x_tables: add context to know if extension runs from nft_compat")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows us to later indicate to rtnetlink core that certain
doit functions should be called without acquiring rtnl_mutex.
This change should have no effect, we simply replace the last (now
unused) calcit argument with the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now xt_tgchk_param par in ipt_init_target is a local varibale,
par.net is not initialized there. Later when xt_check_target
calls target's checkentry in which it may access par.net, it
would cause kernel panic.
Jaroslav found this panic when running:
# ip link add TestIface type dummy
# tc qd add dev TestIface ingress handle ffff:
# tc filter add dev TestIface parent ffff: u32 match u32 0 0 \
action xt -j CONNMARK --set-mark 4
This patch is to pass net param into ipt_init_target and set
par.net with it properly in there.
v1->v2:
As Wang Cong pointed, I missed ipt_net_id != xt_net_id, so fix
it by also passing net_id to __tcf_ipt_init.
v2->v3:
Missed the fixes tag, so add it.
Fixes: ecb2421b5d ("netfilter: add and use nf_ct_netns_get/put")
Reported-by: Jaroslav Aster <jaster@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we move up tcf_fill_node() we can get rid of these
forward declarations.
Also, move down tfilter_notify_chain() to group them together.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we use 'unsigned long fh' as a pointer in every place,
it is safe to convert it to a void pointer now. This gets
rid of many casts to pointer.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is confusing to use 'unsigned long fh' as both a handle
and a pointer, especially commit 9ee7837449
("net sched filters: fix notification of filter delete with proper handle").
This patch introduces tfilter_del_notify() so that we can
pass it as a pointer as before, and we don't need to check
RTM_DELTFILTER in tcf_fill_node() any more.
This prepares for the next patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
prio is not cls_flower specific, but it is meaningful for all
classifiers. Seems that only mlxsw cares about the value. Obviously,
cls offload in other drivers is broken.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since this is specific to flower now, make it part of the flower offload
struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename
TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_exts_change is always called on newly created exts, which are not used
on fastpath. Therefore, simple struct copy is enough.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the n struct was allocated right before u32_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before route4_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the fnew struct just was allocated, so no need to use tcf_exts_change
to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up the unused exts struct
directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the new struct just was allocated, so no need to use tcf_exts_change
to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up the unused exts struct
directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the prog struct was allocated right before cls_bpf_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before basic_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the head struct was allocated right before mall_set_parms call,
no need to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just
fill-up the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before fw_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the f struct was allocated right before fl_set_parms call, no need
to use tcf_exts_change to do atomic change, and we can just fill-up
the unused exts struct directly by tcf_exts_validate.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the function name is misleading since it is not changing
anything, name it similarly to other cls.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The name cls_bpf_modify_existing is highly misleading, as it indeed does
not modify anything existing. It does not modify at all.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For check in tcf_exts_dump use tcf_exts_has_actions helper instead
of exts->nr_actions for checking if there are any actions present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Leave it to tcf_action_exec to return TC_ACT_OK in case there is no
action present.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These two helpers are doing the same as tcf_exts_has_actions, so remove
them and use tcf_exts_has_actions instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since tcf_em_tree_validate could be always called on a newly created
filter, there is no need for this change function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if it is only for classid now, use this common struct a be aligned
with the rest of the classful qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for filtering based on time since last used.
When we are dumping a large number of actions it is useful to
have the option of filtering based on when the action was last
used to reduce the amount of data crossing to user space.
With this patch the user space app sets the TCA_ROOT_TIME_DELTA
attribute with the value in milliseconds with "time of interest
since now". The kernel converts this to jiffies and does the
filtering comparison matching entries that have seen activity
since then and returns them to user space.
Old kernels and old tc continue to work in legacy mode since
they dont specify this attribute.
Some example (we have 400 actions bound to 400 filters); at
installation time. Using updated when tc setting the time of
interest to 120 seconds earlier (we see 400 actions):
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000| grep index | wc -l
400
go get some coffee and wait for > 120 seconds and try again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120000 | grep index | wc -l
0
Lets see a filter bound to one of these actions:
....
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 2 success 1)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 1 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1145 sec used 802 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 84 bytes 1 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
....
that coffee took long, no? It was good.
Now lets ping -c 1 127.0.0.2, then run the actions again:
prompt$ hackedtc actions ls action gact since 120 | grep index | wc -l
1
More details please:
prompt$ hackedtc -s actions ls action gact since 120000
action order 0: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1270 sec used 30 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
And the filter?
filter pref 10 u32
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter pref 10 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:10 (rule hit 4 success 2)
match 7f000002/ffffffff at 12 (success 2 )
action order 1: gact action pass
random type none pass val 0
index 23 ref 2 bind 1 installed 1324 sec used 84 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 168 bytes 2 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When you dump hundreds of thousands of actions, getting only 32 per
dump batch even when the socket buffer and memory allocations allow
is inefficient.
With this change, the user will get as many as possibly fitting
within the given constraints available to the kernel.
The top level action TLV space is extended. An attribute
TCA_ROOT_FLAGS is used to carry flags; flag TCA_FLAG_LARGE_DUMP_ON
is set by the user indicating the user is capable of processing
these large dumps. Older user space which doesnt set this flag
doesnt get the large (than 32) batches.
The kernel uses the TCA_ROOT_COUNT attribute to tell the user how many
actions are put in a single batch. As such user space app knows how long
to iterate (independent of the type of action being dumped)
instead of hardcoded maximum of 32 thus maintaining backward compat.
Some results dumping 1.5M actions below:
first an unpatched tc which doesnt understand these features...
prompt$ time -p tc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 1388.43
user 2.07
sys 1386.79
Now lets see a patched tc which sets the correct flags when requesting
a dump:
prompt$ time -p updatedtc actions ls action gact | grep index | wc -l
1500000
real 178.13
user 2.02
sys 176.96
That is about 8x performance improvement for tc app which sets its
receive buffer to about 32K.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug fix for an issue which has been around for about a decade.
We got away with it because the enumeration was larger than needed.
Fixes: 7ba699c604 ("[NET_SCHED]: Convert actions from rtnetlink to new netlink API")
Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) BPF verifier signed/unsigned value tracking fix, from Daniel
Borkmann, Edward Cree, and Josef Bacik.
2) Fix memory allocation length when setting up calls to
->ndo_set_mac_address, from Cong Wang.
3) Add a new cxgb4 device ID, from Ganesh Goudar.
4) Fix FIB refcount handling, we have to set it's initial value before
the configure callback (which can bump it). From David Ahern.
5) Fix double-free in qcom/emac driver, from Timur Tabi.
6) A bunch of gcc-7 string format overflow warning fixes from Arnd
Bergmann.
7) Fix link level headroom tests in ip_do_fragment(), from Vasily
Averin.
8) Fix chunk walking in SCTP when iterating over error and parameter
headers. From Alexander Potapenko.
9) TCP BBR congestion control fixes from Neal Cardwell.
10) Fix SKB fragment handling in bcmgenet driver, from Doug Berger.
11) BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_SOCK_OPS needs to check for null __sk, from Cong
Wang.
12) xmit_recursion in ppp driver needs to be per-device not per-cpu,
from Gao Feng.
13) Cannot release skb->dst in UDP if IP options processing needs it.
From Paolo Abeni.
14) Some netdev ioctl ifr_name[] NULL termination fixes. From Alexander
Levin and myself.
15) Revert some rtnetlink notification changes that are causing
regressions, from David Ahern.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (83 commits)
net: bonding: Fix transmit load balancing in balance-alb mode
rds: Make sure updates to cp_send_gen can be observed
net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: Push the request_irq function to the end of probe
ipv4: initialize fib_trie prior to register_netdev_notifier call.
rtnetlink: allocate more memory for dev_set_mac_address()
net: dsa: b53: Add missing ARL entries for BCM53125
bpf: more tests for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: add test for mixed signed and unsigned bounds checks
bpf: fix up test cases with mixed signed/unsigned bounds
bpf: allow to specify log level and reduce it for test_verifier
bpf: fix mixed signed/unsigned derived min/max value bounds
ipv6: avoid overflow of offset in ip6_find_1stfragopt
net: tehuti: don't process data if it has not been copied from userspace
Revert "rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for CHANGEADDR event"
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Enable CMODE config support for 6390X
dt-binding: ptp: Add SoC compatibility strings for dte ptp clock
NET: dwmac: Make dwmac reset unconditional
net: Zero terminate ifr_name in dev_ifname().
wireless: wext: terminate ifr name coming from userspace
netfilter: fix netfilter_net_init() return
...
Make name consistent with other TC event notification routines, such as
tcf_add_notify() and tcf_del_notify()
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__GFP_REPEAT was designed to allow retry-but-eventually-fail semantic to
the page allocator. This has been true but only for allocations
requests larger than PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER. It has been always
ignored for smaller sizes. This is a bit unfortunate because there is
no way to express the same semantic for those requests and they are
considered too important to fail so they might end up looping in the
page allocator for ever, similarly to GFP_NOFAIL requests.
Now that the whole tree has been cleaned up and accidental or misled
usage of __GFP_REPEAT flag has been removed for !costly requests we can
give the original flag a better name and more importantly a more useful
semantic. Let's rename it to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL which tells the user
that the allocator would try really hard but there is no promise of a
success. This will work independent of the order and overrides the
default allocator behavior. Page allocator users have several levels of
guarantee vs. cost options (take GFP_KERNEL as an example)
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_RECLAIM - optimistic allocation without _any_
attempt to free memory at all. The most light weight mode which even
doesn't kick the background reclaim. Should be used carefully because
it might deplete the memory and the next user might hit the more
aggressive reclaim
- GFP_KERNEL & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (or GFP_NOWAIT)- optimistic
allocation without any attempt to free memory from the current
context but can wake kswapd to reclaim memory if the zone is below
the low watermark. Can be used from either atomic contexts or when
the request is a performance optimization and there is another
fallback for a slow path.
- (GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_HIGH) & ~__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM (aka GFP_ATOMIC) -
non sleeping allocation with an expensive fallback so it can access
some portion of memory reserves. Usually used from interrupt/bh
context with an expensive slow path fallback.
- GFP_KERNEL - both background and direct reclaim are allowed and the
_default_ page allocator behavior is used. That means that !costly
allocation requests are basically nofail but there is no guarantee of
that behavior so failures have to be checked properly by callers
(e.g. OOM killer victim is allowed to fail currently).
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NORETRY - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests fail early rather than cause disruptive
reclaim (one round of reclaim in this implementation). The OOM killer
is not invoked.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL - overrides the default allocator
behavior and all allocation requests try really hard. The request
will fail if the reclaim cannot make any progress. The OOM killer
won't be triggered.
- GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NOFAIL - overrides the default allocator behavior
and all allocation requests will loop endlessly until they succeed.
This might be really dangerous especially for larger orders.
Existing users of __GFP_REPEAT are changed to __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL
because they already had their semantic. No new users are added.
__alloc_pages_slowpath is changed to bail out for __GFP_RETRY_MAYFAIL if
there is no progress and we have already passed the OOM point.
This means that all the reclaim opportunities have been exhausted except
the most disruptive one (the OOM killer) and a user defined fallback
behavior is more sensible than keep retrying in the page allocator.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix arch/sparc/kernel/mdesc.c]
[mhocko@suse.com: semantic fix]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626123847.GM11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
[mhocko@kernel.org: address other thing spotted by Vlastimil]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170626124233.GN11534@dhcp22.suse.cz
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170623085345.11304-3-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Alex Belits <alex.belits@cavium.com>
Cc: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
This patch uses refcount_inc_not_zero() instead of
atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() due to absense of a _hint()
version of refcount API. If the hint() version must
be used, we might need to revisit API.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
refcount_t type and corresponding API should be
used instead of atomic_t when the variable is used as
a reference counter. This allows to avoid accidental
refcounter overflows that might lead to use-after-free
situations.
Signed-off-by: Elena Reshetova <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David Windsor <dwindsor@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When qdisc fail to init, qdisc_create would invoke the destroy callback
to cleanup. But there is no check if the callback exists really. So it
would cause the panic if there is no real destroy callback like the qdisc
codel, fq, and so on.
Take codel as an example following:
When a malicious user constructs one invalid netlink msg, it would cause
codel_init->codel_change->nla_parse_nested failed.
Then kernel would invoke the destroy callback directly but qdisc codel
doesn't define one. It causes one panic as a result.
Now add one the check for destroy to avoid the possible panic.
Fixes: 87b60cfacf ("net_sched: fix error recovery at qdisc creation")
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to retrieve the attached programs from cls_bpf
and act_bpf, we need to expose the prog ids via netlink so that
an application can later on get an fd based on the id through the
BPF_PROG_GET_FD_BY_ID command, and dump related prog info via
BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD command for bpf(2).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow requesting of zero UDP checksum for encapsulated packets. The name and
meaning of the attribute is "NO_CSUM" in order to have the same meaning of
the attribute missing and being 0.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's currently no way to request (outer) UDP checksum with
act_tunnel_key. This is problem especially for IPv6. Right now, tunnel_key
action with IPv6 does not work without going through hassles: both sides
have to have udp6zerocsumrx configured on the tunnel interface. This is
obviously not a good solution universally.
It makes more sense to compute the UDP checksum by default even for IPv4.
Just set the default to request the checksum when using act_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm reviewing static checker warnings where we do ERR_PTR(0), which is
the same as NULL. I'm pretty sure we intended to return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL)
here. Sometimes these bugs lead to a NULL dereference but I don't
immediately see that problem here.
Fixes: 71d0ed7079 ("net/act_pedit: Support using offset relative to the conventional network headers")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Laura reported a sleep-in-atomic kernel warning inside
tcf_act_police_init() which calls gen_replace_estimator() with
spinlock protection.
It is not necessary in this case, we already have RTNL lock here
so it is enough to protect concurrent writers. For the reader,
i.e. tcf_act_police(), it needs to make decision based on this
rate estimator, in the worst case we drop more/less packets than
necessary while changing the rate in parallel, it is still acceptable.
Reported-by: Laura Abbott <labbott@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Nick Huber <nicholashuber@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is need to instruct the HW offloaded path to push certain matched
packets to cpu/kernel for further analysis. So this patch introduces a
new TRAP control action to TC.
For kernel datapath, this action does not make much sense. So with the
same logic as in HW, new TRAP behaves similar to STOLEN. The skb is just
dropped in the datapath (and virtually ejected to an upper level, which
does not exist in case of kernel).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It really makes no sense to have cls_act enabled without cls. In that
case, the cls_act code is dead. So select it.
This also fixes an issue recently reported by kbuild robot:
[linux-next:master 1326/4151] net/sched/act_api.c:37:18: error: implicit declaration of function 'tcf_chain_get'
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: db50514f9a ("net: sched: add termination action to allow goto chain")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the support of ip header fields dissection and
allow users to set rules matching on ipv4 tos and ttl or
ipv6 traffic-class and hoplimit.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_chain_get() always creates a new filter chain if not found
in existing ones. This is totally unnecessary when we get or
delete filters, new chain should be only created for new filters
(or new actions).
Fixes: 5bc1701881 ("net: sched: introduce multichain support for filters")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of chain goto action, the reclassification would
cause the re-iteration of the actual chain. It makes more sense to restart
the whole thing and re-iterate starting from the original tp - start
of chain 0.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
